blob: c339d45e1876883e1683a5b3363abe2693f79e75 [file] [log] [blame]
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002
3******************
4Variables Glossary
5******************
6
7This chapter lists common variables used in the OpenEmbedded build
8system and gives an overview of their function and contents.
9
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060010:term:`A <ABIEXTENSION>` :term:`B` :term:`C <CACHE>`
11:term:`D` :term:`E <EFI_PROVIDER>` :term:`F <FEATURE_PACKAGES>`
12:term:`G <GCCPIE>` :term:`H <HOMEPAGE>` :term:`I <ICECC_DISABLED>`
13:term:`K <KARCH>` :term:`L <LABELS>` :term:`M <MACHINE>`
14:term:`N <NATIVELSBSTRING>` :term:`O <OBJCOPY>` :term:`P`
15:term:`R <RANLIB>` :term:`S` :term:`T`
16:term:`U <UBOOT_CONFIG>` :term:`V <VOLATILE_LOG_DIR>`
17:term:`W <WARN_QA>` :term:`X <XSERVER>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050018
19.. glossary::
20
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060021 :term:`ABIEXTENSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050022 Extension to the Application Binary Interface (ABI) field of the GNU
23 canonical architecture name (e.g. "eabi").
24
25 ABI extensions are set in the machine include files. For example, the
26 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc`` file sets the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -050027 following extension::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050028
29 ABIEXTENSION = "eabi"
30
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060031 :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050032 Specifies whether to produce an output package even if it is empty.
33 By default, BitBake does not produce empty packages. This default
34 behavior can cause issues when there is an
35 :term:`RDEPENDS` or some other hard runtime
36 requirement on the existence of the package.
37
38 Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -050039 conjunction with a package name override, as in::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050040
41 ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN} = "1"
42 ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-dev = "1"
43 ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-staticdev = "1"
44
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060045 :term:`ALTERNATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050046 Lists commands in a package that need an alternative binary naming
47 scheme. Sometimes the same command is provided in multiple packages.
48 When this occurs, the OpenEmbedded build system needs to use the
49 alternatives system to create a different binary naming scheme so the
50 commands can co-exist.
51
52 To use the variable, list out the package's commands that also exist
53 as part of another package. For example, if the ``busybox`` package
54 has four commands that also exist as part of another package, you
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -050055 identify them as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050056
57 ALTERNATIVE_busybox = "sh sed test bracket"
58
59 For more information on the alternatives system, see the
60 ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
61 section.
62
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060063 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050064 Used by the alternatives system to map duplicated commands to actual
65 locations. For example, if the ``bracket`` command provided by the
66 ``busybox`` package is duplicated through another package, you must
67 use the ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` variable to specify the actual
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -050068 location::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050069
70 ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME[bracket] = "/usr/bin/["
71
72 In this example, the binary for the ``bracket`` command (i.e. ``[``)
73 from the ``busybox`` package resides in ``/usr/bin/``.
74
75 .. note::
76
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -050077 If ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` is not defined, it defaults to ``${bindir}/name``.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050078
79 For more information on the alternatives system, see the
80 ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
81 section.
82
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060083 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050084 Used by the alternatives system to create default priorities for
85 duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single
86 default regardless of the command name or package, a default for
87 specific duplicated commands regardless of the package, or a default
88 for specific commands tied to particular packages. Here are the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -050089 available syntax forms::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050090
91 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY = "priority"
92 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY[name] = "priority"
93 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY_pkg[name] = "priority"
94
95 For more information on the alternatives system, see the
96 ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
97 section.
98
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060099 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500100 Used by the alternatives system to create default link locations for
101 duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single
102 default location for all duplicated commands regardless of the
103 command name or package, a default for specific duplicated commands
104 regardless of the package, or a default for specific commands tied to
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500105 particular packages. Here are the available syntax forms::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500106
107 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET = "target"
108 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET[name] = "target"
109 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET_pkg[name] = "target"
110
111 .. note::
112
113 If ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` is not defined, it inherits the value
114 from the :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` variable.
115
116 If ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` and ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` are the
117 same, the target for ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` has "``.{BPN}``"
118 appended to it.
119
120 Finally, if the file referenced has not been renamed, the
121 alternatives system will rename it to avoid the need to rename
122 alternative files in the :ref:`ref-tasks-install`
123 task while retaining support for the command if necessary.
124
125 For more information on the alternatives system, see the
126 ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
127 section.
128
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -0600129 :term:`ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES`
130 When inheriting the
131 :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>`
132 class, this variable identifies a list of distribution features where
133 at least one must be enabled in the current configuration in order
134 for the OpenEmbedded build system to build the recipe. In other words,
135 if none of the features listed in ``ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES``
136 appear in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, then
137 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build
138 the recipe then an error will be triggered.
139
140
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600141 :term:`APPEND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500142 An override list of append strings for each target specified with
143 :term:`LABELS`.
144
145 See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
146 information on how this variable is used.
147
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600148 :term:`AR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500149 The minimal command and arguments used to run ``ar``.
150
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600151 :term:`ARCHIVER_MODE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500152 When used with the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class,
153 determines the type of information used to create a released archive.
154 You can use this variable to create archives of patched source,
155 original source, configured source, and so forth by employing the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500156 following variable flags (varflags)::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500157
158 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "original" # Uses original (unpacked) source files.
159 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "patched" # Uses patched source files. This is the default.
160 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "configured" # Uses configured source files.
161 ARCHIVER_MODE[diff] = "1" # Uses patches between do_unpack and do_patch.
162 ARCHIVER_MODE[diff-exclude] ?= "file file ..." # Lists files and directories to exclude from diff.
163 ARCHIVER_MODE[dumpdata] = "1" # Uses environment data.
164 ARCHIVER_MODE[recipe] = "1" # Uses recipe and include files.
165 ARCHIVER_MODE[srpm] = "1" # Uses RPM package files.
166
167 For information on how the variable works, see the
168 ``meta/classes/archiver.bbclass`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`.
169
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600170 :term:`AS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500171 Minimal command and arguments needed to run the assembler.
172
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600173 :term:`ASSUME_PROVIDED`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500174 Lists recipe names (:term:`PN` values) BitBake does not
175 attempt to build. Instead, BitBake assumes these recipes have already
176 been built.
177
178 In OpenEmbedded-Core, ``ASSUME_PROVIDED`` mostly specifies native
179 tools that should not be built. An example is ``git-native``, which
180 when specified, allows for the Git binary from the host to be used
181 rather than building ``git-native``.
182
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600183 :term:`ASSUME_SHLIBS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500184 Provides additional ``shlibs`` provider mapping information, which
185 adds to or overwrites the information provided automatically by the
186 system. Separate multiple entries using spaces.
187
188 As an example, use the following form to add an ``shlib`` provider of
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500189 shlibname in packagename with the optional version::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500190
191 shlibname:packagename[_version]
192
193 Here is an example that adds a shared library named ``libEGL.so.1``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500194 as being provided by the ``libegl-implementation`` package::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500195
196 ASSUME_SHLIBS = "libEGL.so.1:libegl-implementation"
197
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600198 :term:`AUTHOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500199 The email address used to contact the original author or authors in
200 order to send patches and forward bugs.
201
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600202 :term:`AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500203 When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
204 which is the default behavior, ``AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS`` specifies which
205 packages should be checked for libraries and renamed according to
206 Debian library package naming.
207
208 The default value is "${PACKAGES}", which causes the debian class to
209 act on all packages that are explicitly generated by the recipe.
210
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600211 :term:`AUTO_SYSLINUXMENU`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500212 Enables creating an automatic menu for the syslinux bootloader. You
213 must set this variable in your recipe. The
214 :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks this variable.
215
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600216 :term:`AUTOREV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500217 When ``SRCREV`` is set to the value of this variable, it specifies to
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500218 use the latest source revision in the repository. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500219
220 SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}"
221
222 If you use the previous statement to retrieve the latest version of
223 software, you need to be sure :term:`PV` contains
224 ``${``\ :term:`SRCPV`\ ``}``. For example, suppose you
225 have a kernel recipe that inherits the
226 :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class and you use the previous
227 statement. In this example, ``${SRCPV}`` does not automatically get
228 into ``PV``. Consequently, you need to change ``PV`` in your recipe
229 so that it does contain ``${SRCPV}``.
230
231 For more information see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600232 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500233 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
234
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600235 :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500236 List of licenses found in the directories specified by
237 :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` and
238 :term:`LICENSE_PATH`.
239
240 .. note::
241
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500242 It is assumed that all changes to ``COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`` and
243 ``LICENSE_PATH`` have been done before ``AVAILABLE_LICENSES``
244 is defined (in :ref:`ref-classes-license`).
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500245
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600246 :term:`AVAILTUNES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500247 The list of defined CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI)
248 tunings (i.e. "tunes") available for use by the OpenEmbedded build
249 system.
250
251 The list simply presents the tunes that are available. Not all tunes
252 may be compatible with a particular machine configuration, or with
253 each other in a
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600254 :ref:`Multilib <dev-manual/common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500255 configuration.
256
257 To add a tune to the list, be sure to append it with spaces using the
258 "+=" BitBake operator. Do not simply replace the list by using the
259 "=" operator. See the
260 ":ref:`Basic Syntax <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:basic syntax>`" section in the BitBake
261 User Manual for more information.
262
Andrew Geissler95ac1b82021-03-31 14:34:31 -0500263 :term:`AZ_SAS`
264 Azure Storage Shared Access Signature, when using the
265 :ref:`Azure Storage fetcher (az://) <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching:fetchers>`
266 This variable can be defined to be used by the fetcher to authenticate
267 and gain access to non-public artifacts.
268 ::
269
270 AZ_SAS = ""se=2021-01-01&sp=r&sv=2018-11-09&sr=c&skoid=<skoid>&sig=<signature>""
271
272 For more information see Microsoft's Azure Storage documentation at
273 https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-sas-overview
274
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600275 :term:`B`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500276 The directory within the :term:`Build Directory` in
277 which the OpenEmbedded build system places generated objects during a
278 recipe's build process. By default, this directory is the same as the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500279 :term:`S` directory, which is defined as::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500280
281 S = "${WORKDIR}/${BP}"
282
283 You can separate the (``S``) directory and the directory pointed to
284 by the ``B`` variable. Most Autotools-based recipes support
285 separating these directories. The build system defaults to using
286 separate directories for ``gcc`` and some kernel recipes.
287
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600288 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500289 Lists "recommended-only" packages to not install. Recommended-only
290 packages are packages installed only through the
291 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable. You can prevent any
292 of these "recommended" packages from being installed by listing them
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500293 with the ``BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`` variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500294
295 BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS = "package_name package_name package_name ..."
296
297 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
298 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500299 override::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500300
301 BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "package_name"
302
303 It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages
304 using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them
305 (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS`
306 variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and
307 will install the packages to avoid dependency errors.
308
309 Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM
310 packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB.
311
312 See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the
313 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for related
314 information.
315
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600316 :term:`BASE_LIB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500317 The library directory name for the CPU or Application Binary
318 Interface (ABI) tune. The ``BASE_LIB`` applies only in the Multilib
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600319 context. See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500320 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information
321 on Multilib.
322
323 The ``BASE_LIB`` variable is defined in the machine include files in
324 the :term:`Source Directory`. If Multilib is not
325 being used, the value defaults to "lib".
326
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600327 :term:`BASE_WORKDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500328 Points to the base of the work directory for all recipes. The default
329 value is "${TMPDIR}/work".
330
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600331 :term:`BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500332 Specifies a space-delimited list of hosts that the fetcher is allowed
333 to use to obtain the required source code. Following are
334 considerations surrounding this variable:
335
336 - This host list is only used if ``BB_NO_NETWORK`` is either not set
337 or set to "0".
338
339 - Limited support for wildcard matching against the beginning of
340 host names exists. For example, the following setting matches
341 ``git.gnu.org``, ``ftp.gnu.org``, and ``foo.git.gnu.org``.
342 ::
343
344 BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS = "*.gnu.org"
345
346 .. note::
347
348 The use of the "``*``" character only works at the beginning of
349 a host name and it must be isolated from the remainder of the
350 host name. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other
351 location of the name or combined with the front part of the
352 name.
353
354 For example, ``*.foo.bar`` is supported, while ``*aa.foo.bar``
355 is not.
356
357 - Mirrors not in the host list are skipped and logged in debug.
358
359 - Attempts to access networks not in the host list cause a failure.
360
361 Using ``BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS`` in conjunction with
362 :term:`PREMIRRORS` is very useful. Adding the host
363 you want to use to ``PREMIRRORS`` results in the source code being
364 fetched from an allowed location and avoids raising an error when a
365 host that is not allowed is in a :term:`SRC_URI`
366 statement. This is because the fetcher does not attempt to use the
367 host listed in ``SRC_URI`` after a successful fetch from the
368 ``PREMIRRORS`` occurs.
369
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600370 :term:`BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500371 Defines how BitBake handles situations where an append file
372 (``.bbappend``) has no corresponding recipe file (``.bb``). This
373 condition often occurs when layers get out of sync (e.g. ``oe-core``
374 bumps a recipe version and the old recipe no longer exists and the
375 other layer has not been updated to the new version of the recipe
376 yet).
377
378 The default fatal behavior is safest because it is the sane reaction
379 given something is out of sync. It is important to realize when your
380 changes are no longer being applied.
381
382 You can change the default behavior by setting this variable to "1",
383 "yes", or "true" in your ``local.conf`` file, which is located in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500384 :term:`Build Directory`: Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500385
386 BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY = "1"
387
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600388 :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500389 Monitors disk space and available inodes during the build and allows
390 you to control the build based on these parameters.
391
392 Disk space monitoring is disabled by default. To enable monitoring,
393 add the ``BB_DISKMON_DIRS`` variable to your ``conf/local.conf`` file
394 found in the :term:`Build Directory`. Use the
395 following form:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500396
397 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500398
399 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "action,dir,threshold [...]"
400
401 where:
402
403 action is:
404 ABORT: Immediately abort the build when
405 a threshold is broken.
406 STOPTASKS: Stop the build after the currently
407 executing tasks have finished when
408 a threshold is broken.
409 WARN: Issue a warning but continue the
410 build when a threshold is broken.
411 Subsequent warnings are issued as
412 defined by the BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL
413 variable, which must be defined in
414 the conf/local.conf file.
415
416 dir is:
417 Any directory you choose. You can specify one or
418 more directories to monitor by separating the
419 groupings with a space. If two directories are
420 on the same device, only the first directory
421 is monitored.
422
423 threshold is:
424 Either the minimum available disk space,
425 the minimum number of free inodes, or
426 both. You must specify at least one. To
427 omit one or the other, simply omit the value.
428 Specify the threshold using G, M, K for Gbytes,
429 Mbytes, and Kbytes, respectively. If you do
430 not specify G, M, or K, Kbytes is assumed by
431 default. Do not use GB, MB, or KB.
432
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500433 Here are some examples::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500434
435 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},1G,100K WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K"
436 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "STOPTASKS,${TMPDIR},1G"
437 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},,100K"
438
439 The first example works only if you also provide the
440 :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`
441 variable in the ``conf/local.conf``. This example causes the build
442 system to immediately abort when either the disk space in
443 ``${TMPDIR}`` drops below 1 Gbyte or the available free inodes drops
444 below 100 Kbytes. Because two directories are provided with the
445 variable, the build system also issue a warning when the disk space
446 in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` directory drops below 1 Gbyte or the number
447 of free inodes drops below 100 Kbytes. Subsequent warnings are issued
448 during intervals as defined by the ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL``
449 variable.
450
451 The second example stops the build after all currently executing
452 tasks complete when the minimum disk space in the ``${TMPDIR}``
453 directory drops below 1 Gbyte. No disk monitoring occurs for the free
454 inodes in this case.
455
456 The final example immediately aborts the build when the number of
457 free inodes in the ``${TMPDIR}`` directory drops below 100 Kbytes. No
458 disk space monitoring for the directory itself occurs in this case.
459
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600460 :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500461 Defines the disk space and free inode warning intervals. To set these
462 intervals, define the variable in your ``conf/local.conf`` file in
463 the :term:`Build Directory`.
464
465 If you are going to use the ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable, you
466 must also use the :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS`
467 variable and define its action as "WARN". During the build,
468 subsequent warnings are issued each time disk space or number of free
469 inodes further reduces by the respective interval.
470
471 If you do not provide a ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable and you
472 do use ``BB_DISKMON_DIRS`` with the "WARN" action, the disk
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500473 monitoring interval defaults to the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500474
475 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K"
476
477 When specifying the variable in your configuration file, use the
478 following form:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500479
480 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500481
482 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "disk_space_interval,disk_inode_interval"
483
484 where:
485
486 disk_space_interval is:
487 An interval of memory expressed in either
488 G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes,
489 respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB.
490
491 disk_inode_interval is:
492 An interval of free inodes expressed in either
493 G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes,
494 respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB.
495
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500496 Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500497
498 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K"
499 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K"
500
501 These variables cause the
502 OpenEmbedded build system to issue subsequent warnings each time the
503 available disk space further reduces by 50 Mbytes or the number of
504 free inodes further reduces by 5 Kbytes in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}``
505 directory. Subsequent warnings based on the interval occur each time
506 a respective interval is reached beyond the initial warning (i.e. 1
507 Gbytes and 100 Kbytes).
508
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600509 :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500510 Causes tarballs of the source control repositories (e.g. Git
511 repositories), including metadata, to be placed in the
512 :term:`DL_DIR` directory.
513
514 For performance reasons, creating and placing tarballs of these
515 repositories is not the default action by the OpenEmbedded build
516 system.
517 ::
518
519 BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1"
520
521 Set this variable in your
522 ``local.conf`` file in the :term:`Build Directory`.
523
524 Once you have the tarballs containing your source files, you can
525 clean up your ``DL_DIR`` directory by deleting any Git or other
526 source control work directories.
527
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600528 :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500529 The maximum number of tasks BitBake should run in parallel at any one
530 time. The OpenEmbedded build system automatically configures this
531 variable to be equal to the number of cores on the build system. For
532 example, a system with a dual core processor that also uses
533 hyper-threading causes the ``BB_NUMBER_THREADS`` variable to default
534 to "4".
535
536 For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to
537 override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds.
538 However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical
539 CPUs, you might want to make sure the ``BB_NUMBER_THREADS`` variable
540 is not set higher than "20".
541
542 For more information on speeding up builds, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600543 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:speeding up a build`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500544 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
545
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600546 :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500547 Specifies the time (in seconds) after which to unload the BitBake
548 server due to inactivity. Set ``BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`` to determine how
549 long the BitBake server stays resident between invocations.
550
551 For example, the following statement in your ``local.conf`` file
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500552 instructs the server to be unloaded after 20 seconds of inactivity::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500553
554 BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT = "20"
555
556 If you want the server to never be unloaded,
557 set ``BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`` to "-1".
558
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600559 :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500560 Allows you to extend a recipe so that it builds variants of the
561 software. Common variants for recipes exist such as "natives" like
562 ``quilt-native``, which is a copy of Quilt built to run on the build
563 system; "crosses" such as ``gcc-cross``, which is a compiler built to
564 run on the build machine but produces binaries that run on the target
565 :term:`MACHINE`; "nativesdk", which targets the SDK
566 machine instead of ``MACHINE``; and "mulitlibs" in the form
567 "``multilib:``\ multilib_name".
568
569 To build a different variant of the recipe with a minimal amount of
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500570 code, it usually is as simple as adding the following to your recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500571
572 BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "native nativesdk"
573 BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "multilib:multilib_name"
574
575 .. note::
576
577 Internally, the ``BBCLASSEXTEND`` mechanism generates recipe
578 variants by rewriting variable values and applying overrides such
579 as ``_class-native``. For example, to generate a native version of
580 a recipe, a :term:`DEPENDS` on "foo" is rewritten
581 to a ``DEPENDS`` on "foo-native".
582
583 Even when using ``BBCLASSEXTEND``, the recipe is only parsed once.
584 Parsing once adds some limitations. For example, it is not
585 possible to include a different file depending on the variant,
586 since ``include`` statements are processed when the recipe is
587 parsed.
588
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600589 :term:`BBFILE_COLLECTIONS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500590 Lists the names of configured layers. These names are used to find
591 the other ``BBFILE_*`` variables. Typically, each layer will append
592 its name to this variable in its ``conf/layer.conf`` file.
593
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600594 :term:`BBFILE_PATTERN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500595 Variable that expands to match files from
596 :term:`BBFILES` in a particular layer. This variable
597 is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the
598 name of the specific layer (e.g. ``BBFILE_PATTERN_emenlow``).
599
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600600 :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500601 Assigns the priority for recipe files in each layer.
602
603 This variable is useful in situations where the same recipe appears
604 in more than one layer. Setting this variable allows you to
605 prioritize a layer against other layers that contain the same recipe
606 - effectively letting you control the precedence for the multiple
607 layers. The precedence established through this variable stands
608 regardless of a recipe's version (:term:`PV` variable). For
609 example, a layer that has a recipe with a higher ``PV`` value but for
610 which the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` is set to have a lower precedence still
611 has a lower precedence.
612
613 A larger value for the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` variable results in a
614 higher precedence. For example, the value 6 has a higher precedence
615 than the value 5. If not specified, the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` variable
616 is set based on layer dependencies (see the ``LAYERDEPENDS`` variable
617 for more information. The default priority, if unspecified for a
618 layer with no dependencies, is the lowest defined priority + 1 (or 1
619 if no priorities are defined).
620
621 .. tip::
622
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500623 You can use the command ``bitbake-layers show-layers``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500624 to list all configured layers along with their priorities.
625
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600626 :term:`BBFILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500627 A space-separated list of recipe files BitBake uses to build
628 software.
629
630 When specifying recipe files, you can pattern match using Python's
631 `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_ syntax.
632 For details on the syntax, see the documentation by following the
633 previous link.
634
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600635 :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500636 Activates content when identified layers are present. You identify
637 the layers by the collections that the layers define.
638
639 Use the ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC`` variable to avoid ``.bbappend`` files
640 whose corresponding ``.bb`` file is in a layer that attempts to
641 modify other layers through ``.bbappend`` but does not want to
642 introduce a hard dependency on those other layers.
643
644 Use the following form for ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC``:
645 collection_name:filename_pattern The following example identifies two
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500646 collection names and two filename patterns::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500647
648 BBFILES_DYNAMIC += " \
649 clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/meta-clang/*/*/*.bbappend \
650 core:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend \
651 "
652
653 This next example shows an error message that occurs because invalid
654 entries are found, which cause parsing to abort:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500655
656 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500657
658 ERROR: BBFILES_DYNAMIC entries must be of the form <collection name>:<filename pattern>, not:
659 /work/my-layer/bbappends/meta-security-isafw/*/*/*.bbappend
660 /work/my-layer/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend
661
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600662 :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500663 Variable that controls how BitBake displays logs on build failure.
664
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600665 :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500666 If :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` is set, specifies the
667 maximum number of lines from the task log file to print when
668 reporting a failed task. If you do not set ``BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES``,
669 the entire log is printed.
670
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600671 :term:`BBLAYERS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500672 Lists the layers to enable during the build. This variable is defined
673 in the ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file in the :term:`Build Directory`.
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500674 Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500675
676 BBLAYERS = " \
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500677 /home/scottrif/poky/meta \
678 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-poky \
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500679 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \
680 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-mykernel \
681 "
682
683 This example enables four layers, one of which is a custom,
684 user-defined layer named ``meta-mykernel``.
685
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600686 :term:`BBMASK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500687 Prevents BitBake from processing recipes and recipe append files.
688
689 You can use the ``BBMASK`` variable to "hide" these ``.bb`` and
690 ``.bbappend`` files. BitBake ignores any recipe or recipe append
691 files that match any of the expressions. It is as if BitBake does not
692 see them at all. Consequently, matching files are not parsed or
693 otherwise used by BitBake.
694
695 The values you provide are passed to Python's regular expression
696 compiler. Consequently, the syntax follows Python's Regular
697 Expression (re) syntax. The expressions are compared against the full
698 paths to the files. For complete syntax information, see Python's
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -0500699 documentation at https://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html#regular-expression-syntax.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500700
701 The following example uses a complete regular expression to tell
702 BitBake to ignore all recipe and recipe append files in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500703 ``meta-ti/recipes-misc/`` directory::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500704
705 BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/"
706
707 If you want to mask out multiple directories or recipes, you can
708 specify multiple regular expression fragments. This next example
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500709 masks out multiple directories and individual recipes::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500710
711 BBMASK += "/meta-ti/recipes-misc/ meta-ti/recipes-ti/packagegroup/"
712 BBMASK += "/meta-oe/recipes-support/"
713 BBMASK += "/meta-foo/.*/openldap"
714 BBMASK += "opencv.*\.bbappend"
715 BBMASK += "lzma"
716
717 .. note::
718
719 When specifying a directory name, use the trailing slash character
720 to ensure you match just that directory name.
721
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600722 :term:`BBMULTICONFIG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500723 Specifies each additional separate configuration when you are
724 building targets with multiple configurations. Use this variable in
725 your ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file. Specify a
726 multiconfigname for each configuration file you are using. For
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500727 example, the following line specifies three configuration files::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500728
729 BBMULTICONFIG = "configA configB configC"
730
731 Each configuration file you
732 use must reside in the :term:`Build Directory`
733 ``conf/multiconfig`` directory (e.g.
734 build_directory\ ``/conf/multiconfig/configA.conf``).
735
736 For information on how to use ``BBMULTICONFIG`` in an environment
737 that supports building targets with multiple configurations, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600738 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building images for multiple targets using multiple configurations`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500739 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
740
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600741 :term:`BBPATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500742 Used by BitBake to locate ``.bbclass`` and configuration files. This
743 variable is analogous to the ``PATH`` variable.
744
745 .. note::
746
747 If you run BitBake from a directory outside of the
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -0500748 :term:`Build Directory`, you must be sure to set ``BBPATH``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500749 to point to the Build Directory. Set the variable as you would any
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500750 environment variable and then run BitBake::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500751
752 $ BBPATH = "build_directory"
753 $ export BBPATH
754 $ bitbake target
755
756
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600757 :term:`BBSERVER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500758 If defined in the BitBake environment, ``BBSERVER`` points to the
759 BitBake remote server.
760
761 Use the following format to export the variable to the BitBake
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500762 environment::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500763
764 export BBSERVER=localhost:$port
765
766 By default, ``BBSERVER`` also appears in
767 :term:`bitbake:BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST`.
768 Consequently, ``BBSERVER`` is excluded from checksum and dependency
769 data.
770
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600771 :term:`BINCONFIG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500772 When inheriting the
773 :ref:`binconfig-disabled <ref-classes-binconfig-disabled>` class,
774 this variable specifies binary configuration scripts to disable in
775 favor of using ``pkg-config`` to query the information. The
776 ``binconfig-disabled`` class will modify the specified scripts to
777 return an error so that calls to them can be easily found and
778 replaced.
779
780 To add multiple scripts, separate them by spaces. Here is an example
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500781 from the ``libpng`` recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500782
783 BINCONFIG = "${bindir}/libpng-config ${bindir}/libpng16-config"
784
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600785 :term:`BINCONFIG_GLOB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500786 When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class,
787 this variable specifies a wildcard for configuration scripts that
788 need editing. The scripts are edited to correct any paths that have
789 been set up during compilation so that they are correct for use when
790 installed into the sysroot and called by the build processes of other
791 recipes.
792
793 .. note::
794
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500795 The ``BINCONFIG_GLOB`` variable uses
796 `shell globbing <https://tldp.org/LDP/abs/html/globbingref.html>`__,
797 which is recognition and expansion of wildcards during pattern
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500798 matching. Shell globbing is very similar to
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500799 `fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__
800 and `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500801
802 For more information on how this variable works, see
803 ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
804 You can also find general
805 information on the class in the
806 ":ref:`binconfig.bbclass <ref-classes-binconfig>`" section.
807
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600808 :term:`BP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500809 The base recipe name and version but without any special recipe name
810 suffix (i.e. ``-native``, ``lib64-``, and so forth). ``BP`` is
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500811 comprised of the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500812
813 ${BPN}-${PV}
814
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600815 :term:`BPN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500816 This variable is a version of the :term:`PN` variable with
817 common prefixes and suffixes removed, such as ``nativesdk-``,
818 ``-cross``, ``-native``, and multilib's ``lib64-`` and ``lib32-``.
819 The exact lists of prefixes and suffixes removed are specified by the
820 :term:`MLPREFIX` and
821 :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX` variables,
822 respectively.
823
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600824 :term:`BUGTRACKER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500825 Specifies a URL for an upstream bug tracking website for a recipe.
826 The OpenEmbedded build system does not use this variable. Rather, the
827 variable is a useful pointer in case a bug in the software being
828 built needs to be manually reported.
829
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600830 :term:`BUILD_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500831 Specifies the architecture of the build host (e.g. ``i686``). The
832 OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of ``BUILD_ARCH`` from the
833 machine name reported by the ``uname`` command.
834
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600835 :term:`BUILD_AS_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500836 Specifies the architecture-specific assembler flags for the build
837 host. By default, the value of ``BUILD_AS_ARCH`` is empty.
838
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600839 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500840 Specifies the architecture-specific C compiler flags for the build
841 host. By default, the value of ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is empty.
842
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600843 :term:`BUILD_CCLD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500844 Specifies the linker command to be used for the build host when the C
845 compiler is being used as the linker. By default, ``BUILD_CCLD``
846 points to GCC and passes as arguments the value of
847 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming
848 ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is set.
849
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600850 :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500851 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
852 build host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
853 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
854 default.
855
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600856 :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500857 Specifies the flags to pass to the C preprocessor (i.e. to both the C
858 and the C++ compilers) when building for the build host. When
859 building in the ``-native`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS`
860 is set to the value of this variable by default.
861
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600862 :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500863 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
864 build host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
865 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
866 by default.
867
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600868 :term:`BUILD_FC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500869 Specifies the Fortran compiler command for the build host. By
870 default, ``BUILD_FC`` points to Gfortran and passes as arguments the
871 value of :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming
872 ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is set.
873
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600874 :term:`BUILD_LD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500875 Specifies the linker command for the build host. By default,
876 ``BUILD_LD`` points to the GNU linker (ld) and passes as arguments
877 the value of :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH`, assuming
878 ``BUILD_LD_ARCH`` is set.
879
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600880 :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500881 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the build host. By
882 default, the value of ``BUILD_LD_ARCH`` is empty.
883
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600884 :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500885 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the build
886 host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
887 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
888 by default.
889
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600890 :term:`BUILD_OPTIMIZATION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500891 Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when
892 building for the build host or the SDK. The flags are passed through
893 the :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` and
894 :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` default values.
895
896 The default value of the ``BUILD_OPTIMIZATION`` variable is "-O2
897 -pipe".
898
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600899 :term:`BUILD_OS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500900 Specifies the operating system in use on the build host (e.g.
901 "linux"). The OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of
902 ``BUILD_OS`` from the OS reported by the ``uname`` command - the
903 first word, converted to lower-case characters.
904
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600905 :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500906 The toolchain binary prefix used for native recipes. The OpenEmbedded
907 build system uses the ``BUILD_PREFIX`` value to set the
908 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building for
909 ``native`` recipes.
910
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600911 :term:`BUILD_STRIP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500912 Specifies the command to be used to strip debugging symbols from
913 binaries produced for the build host. By default, ``BUILD_STRIP``
914 points to
915 ``${``\ :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`\ ``}strip``.
916
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600917 :term:`BUILD_SYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500918 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
919 system, to use when building for the build host (i.e. when building
920 ``native`` recipes).
921
922 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
923 on :term:`BUILD_ARCH`,
924 :term:`BUILD_VENDOR`, and
925 :term:`BUILD_OS`. You do not need to set the
926 ``BUILD_SYS`` variable yourself.
927
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600928 :term:`BUILD_VENDOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500929 Specifies the vendor name to use when building for the build host.
930 The default value is an empty string ("").
931
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600932 :term:`BUILDDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500933 Points to the location of the :term:`Build Directory`.
934 You can define this directory indirectly through the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500935 :ref:`structure-core-script` script by passing in a Build
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500936 Directory path when you run the script. If you run the script and do
937 not provide a Build Directory path, the ``BUILDDIR`` defaults to
938 ``build`` in the current directory.
939
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600940 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500941 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
942 class, this variable specifies whether or not to commit the build
943 history output in a local Git repository. If set to "1", this local
944 repository will be maintained automatically by the ``buildhistory``
945 class and a commit will be created on every build for changes to each
946 top-level subdirectory of the build history output (images, packages,
947 and sdk). If you want to track changes to build history over time,
948 you should set this value to "1".
949
950 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class does not commit the build
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500951 history output in a local Git repository::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500952
953 BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT ?= "0"
954
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600955 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500956 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
957 class, this variable specifies the author to use for each Git commit.
958 In order for the ``BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`` variable to work, the
959 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` variable must
960 be set to "1".
961
962 Git requires that the value you provide for the
963 ``BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`` variable takes the form of "name
964 email@host". Providing an email address or host that is not valid
965 does not produce an error.
966
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500967 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500968
969 BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR ?= "buildhistory <buildhistory@${DISTRO}>"
970
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600971 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500972 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
973 class, this variable specifies the directory in which build history
974 information is kept. For more information on how the variable works,
975 see the ``buildhistory.class``.
976
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500977 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the directory as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500978
979 BUILDHISTORY_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/buildhistory"
980
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600981 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500982 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
983 class, this variable specifies the build history features to be
984 enabled. For more information on how build history works, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600985 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:maintaining build output quality`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500986 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
987
988 You can specify these features in the form of a space-separated list:
989
990 - *image:* Analysis of the contents of images, which includes the
991 list of installed packages among other things.
992
993 - *package:* Analysis of the contents of individual packages.
994
995 - *sdk:* Analysis of the contents of the software development kit
996 (SDK).
997
998 - *task:* Save output file signatures for
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600999 :ref:`shared state <overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001000 (sstate) tasks.
1001 This saves one file per task and lists the SHA-256 checksums for
1002 each file staged (i.e. the output of the task).
1003
1004 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class enables the following
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001005 features::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001006
1007 BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES ?= "image package sdk"
1008
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001009 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001010 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
1011 class, this variable specifies a list of paths to files copied from
1012 the image contents into the build history directory under an
1013 "image-files" directory in the directory for the image, so that you
1014 can track the contents of each file. The default is to copy
1015 ``/etc/passwd`` and ``/etc/group``, which allows you to monitor for
1016 changes in user and group entries. You can modify the list to include
1017 any file. Specifying an invalid path does not produce an error.
1018 Consequently, you can include files that might not always be present.
1019
1020 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class provides paths to the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001021 following files::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001022
1023 BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES ?= "/etc/passwd /etc/group"
1024
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001025 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001026 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
1027 class, this variable optionally specifies a remote repository to
1028 which build history pushes Git changes. In order for
1029 ``BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO`` to work,
1030 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` must be set to
1031 "1".
1032
1033 The repository should correspond to a remote address that specifies a
1034 repository as understood by Git, or alternatively to a remote name
1035 that you have set up manually using ``git remote`` within the local
1036 repository.
1037
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001038 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001039
1040 BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO ?= ""
1041
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001042 :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001043 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
1044 SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
1045 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
1046 default.
1047
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001048 :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001049 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
1050 C and the C++ compilers) when building for the SDK. When building in
1051 the ``nativesdk-`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set
1052 to the value of this variable by default.
1053
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001054 :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001055 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
1056 SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
1057 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
1058 by default.
1059
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001060 :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001061 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the SDK.
1062 When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
1063 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
1064 by default.
1065
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001066 :term:`BUILDSTATS_BASE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001067 Points to the location of the directory that holds build statistics
1068 when you use and enable the
1069 :ref:`buildstats <ref-classes-buildstats>` class. The
1070 ``BUILDSTATS_BASE`` directory defaults to
1071 ``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/buildstats/``.
1072
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001073 :term:`BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001074 For the BusyBox recipe, specifies whether to split the output
1075 executable file into two parts: one for features that require
1076 ``setuid root``, and one for the remaining features (i.e. those that
1077 do not require ``setuid root``).
1078
1079 The ``BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID`` variable defaults to "1", which results in
1080 splitting the output executable file. Set the variable to "0" to get
1081 a single output executable file.
1082
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001083 :term:`CACHE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001084 Specifies the directory BitBake uses to store a cache of the
1085 :term:`Metadata` so it does not need to be parsed every time
1086 BitBake is started.
1087
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001088 :term:`CC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001089 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C compiler.
1090
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001091 :term:`CFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001092 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler. This variable is
1093 exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the
1094 software being built during the compilation step.
1095
1096 Default initialization for ``CFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
1097 being built:
1098
1099 - :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` when building for the
1100 target
1101
1102 - :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` when building for the
1103 build host (i.e. ``-native``)
1104
1105 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` when building for
1106 an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
1107
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001108 :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001109 An internal variable specifying the special class override that
1110 should currently apply (e.g. "class-target", "class-native", and so
1111 forth). The classes that use this variable (e.g.
1112 :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>`,
1113 :ref:`nativesdk <ref-classes-nativesdk>`, and so forth) set the
1114 variable to appropriate values.
1115
1116 .. note::
1117
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001118 ``CLASSOVERRIDE`` gets its default "class-target" value from the
1119 ``bitbake.conf`` file.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001120
1121 As an example, the following override allows you to install extra
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001122 files, but only when building for the target::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001123
1124 do_install_append_class-target() {
1125 install my-extra-file ${D}${sysconfdir}
1126 }
1127
1128 Here is an example where ``FOO`` is set to
1129 "native" when building for the build host, and to "other" when not
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001130 building for the build host::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001131
1132 FOO_class-native = "native"
1133 FOO = "other"
1134
1135 The underlying mechanism behind ``CLASSOVERRIDE`` is simply
1136 that it is included in the default value of
1137 :term:`OVERRIDES`.
1138
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001139 :term:`CLEANBROKEN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001140 If set to "1" within a recipe, ``CLEANBROKEN`` specifies that the
1141 ``make clean`` command does not work for the software being built.
1142 Consequently, the OpenEmbedded build system will not try to run
1143 ``make clean`` during the :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`
1144 task, which is the default behavior.
1145
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001146 :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001147 Provides a list of hardware features that are enabled in both
1148 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` and
1149 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. This select list of
1150 features contains features that make sense to be controlled both at
1151 the machine and distribution configuration level. For example, the
1152 "bluetooth" feature requires hardware support but should also be
1153 optional at the distribution level, in case the hardware supports
1154 Bluetooth but you do not ever intend to use it.
1155
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001156 :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001157 Points to ``meta/files/common-licenses`` in the
1158 :term:`Source Directory`, which is where generic license
1159 files reside.
1160
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001161 :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001162 A regular expression that resolves to one or more hosts (when the
1163 recipe is native) or one or more targets (when the recipe is
1164 non-native) with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression
1165 is matched against :term:`HOST_SYS`. You can use the
1166 variable to stop recipes from being built for classes of systems with
1167 which the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is
1168 particularly useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase
1169 parsing speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not
1170 compatible with the current system.
1171
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001172 :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001173 A regular expression that resolves to one or more target machines
1174 with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression is matched
1175 against :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`. You can use
1176 the variable to stop recipes from being built for machines with which
1177 the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is particularly
1178 useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase parsing
1179 speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not compatible
1180 with the current machine.
1181
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001182 :term:`COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001183 Defines wildcards to match when installing a list of complementary
1184 packages for all the packages explicitly (or implicitly) installed in
1185 an image.
1186
1187 .. note::
1188
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001189 The ``COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB`` variable uses Unix filename pattern matching
1190 (`fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__),
1191 which is similar to the Unix style pathname pattern expansion
1192 (`glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__).
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001193
1194 The resulting list of complementary packages is associated with an
1195 item that can be added to
1196 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. An example usage of
1197 this is the "dev-pkgs" item that when added to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``
1198 will install -dev packages (containing headers and other development
1199 files) for every package in the image.
1200
1201 To add a new feature item pointing to a wildcard, use a variable flag
1202 to specify the feature item name and use the value to specify the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001203 wildcard. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001204
1205 COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB[dev-pkgs] = '*-dev'
1206
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001207 :term:`COMPONENTS_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001208 Stores sysroot components for each recipe. The OpenEmbedded build
1209 system uses ``COMPONENTS_DIR`` when constructing recipe-specific
1210 sysroots for other recipes.
1211
1212 The default is
1213 "``${``\ :term:`STAGING_DIR`\ ``}-components``."
1214 (i.e.
1215 "``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/sysroots-components``").
1216
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001217 :term:`CONF_VERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001218 Tracks the version of the local configuration file (i.e.
1219 ``local.conf``). The value for ``CONF_VERSION`` increments each time
1220 ``build/conf/`` compatibility changes.
1221
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001222 :term:`CONFFILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001223 Identifies editable or configurable files that are part of a package.
1224 If the Package Management System (PMS) is being used to update
1225 packages on the target system, it is possible that configuration
1226 files you have changed after the original installation and that you
1227 now want to remain unchanged are overwritten. In other words,
1228 editable files might exist in the package that you do not want reset
1229 as part of the package update process. You can use the ``CONFFILES``
1230 variable to list the files in the package that you wish to prevent
1231 the PMS from overwriting during this update process.
1232
1233 To use the ``CONFFILES`` variable, provide a package name override
1234 that identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001235 space-separated list of files. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001236
1237 CONFFILES_${PN} += "${sysconfdir}/file1 \
1238 ${sysconfdir}/file2 ${sysconfdir}/file3"
1239
1240 A relationship exists between the ``CONFFILES`` and ``FILES``
1241 variables. The files listed within ``CONFFILES`` must be a subset of
1242 the files listed within ``FILES``. Because the configuration files
1243 you provide with ``CONFFILES`` are simply being identified so that
1244 the PMS will not overwrite them, it makes sense that the files must
1245 already be included as part of the package through the ``FILES``
1246 variable.
1247
1248 .. note::
1249
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001250 When specifying paths as part of the ``CONFFILES`` variable, it is
1251 good practice to use appropriate path variables.
1252 For example, ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc`` or ``${bindir}``
1253 rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these variables at
1254 the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in the
1255 :term:`Source Directory`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001256
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001257 :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001258 Identifies the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) source files. The
1259 OpenEmbedded build system receives and uses this kernel Kconfig
1260 variable as an environment variable. By default, the variable is set
1261 to null ("").
1262
1263 The ``CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE`` can be either a single cpio archive
1264 with a ``.cpio`` suffix or a space-separated list of directories and
1265 files for building the initramfs image. A cpio archive should contain
1266 a filesystem archive to be used as an initramfs image. Directories
1267 should contain a filesystem layout to be included in the initramfs
1268 image. Files should contain entries according to the format described
1269 by the ``usr/gen_init_cpio`` program in the kernel tree.
1270
1271 If you specify multiple directories and files, the initramfs image
1272 will be the aggregate of all of them.
1273
1274 For information on creating an initramfs, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001275 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001276 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
1277
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001278 :term:`CONFIG_SITE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001279 A list of files that contains ``autoconf`` test results relevant to
1280 the current build. This variable is used by the Autotools utilities
1281 when running ``configure``.
1282
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001283 :term:`CONFIGURE_FLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001284 The minimal arguments for GNU configure.
1285
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001286 :term:`CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001287 When inheriting the
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06001288 :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001289 class, this variable identifies distribution features that would be
1290 in conflict should the recipe be built. In other words, if the
1291 ``CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES`` variable lists a feature that also
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06001292 appears in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, then
1293 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build
1294 the recipe then an error will be triggered.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001295
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001296 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001297 A space-separated list of licenses to exclude from the source
1298 archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In
1299 other words, if a license in a recipe's
1300 :term:`LICENSE` value is in the value of
1301 ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE``, then its source is not archived by the
1302 class.
1303
1304 .. note::
1305
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001306 The ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`` variable takes precedence over the
1307 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001308
1309 The default value, which is "CLOSED Proprietary", for
1310 ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`` is set by the
1311 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
1312 is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
1313
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001314 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001315 A space-separated list of licenses to include in the source archived
1316 by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In other
1317 words, if a license in a recipe's :term:`LICENSE`
1318 value is in the value of ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE``, then its
1319 source is archived by the class.
1320
1321 The default value is set by the
1322 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
1323 is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. The default value includes
1324 "GPL*", "LGPL*", and "AGPL*".
1325
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001326 :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001327 A list of recipes to exclude in the source archived by the
1328 :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The
1329 ``COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`` variable overrides the license inclusion and
1330 exclusion caused through the
1331 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and
1332 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`
1333 variables, respectively.
1334
1335 The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly exclude
1336 any recipes by name, for ``COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`` is set by the
1337 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
1338 is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
1339
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001340 :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001341 A list of recipes to include in the source archived by the
1342 :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The
1343 ``COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`` variable overrides the license inclusion and
1344 exclusion caused through the
1345 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and
1346 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`
1347 variables, respectively.
1348
1349 The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly include
1350 any recipes by name, for ``COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`` is set by the
1351 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
1352 is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
1353
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001354 :term:`COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001355 A space-separated list of recipe types to include in the source
1356 archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class.
1357 Recipe types are ``target``, ``native``, ``nativesdk``, ``cross``,
1358 ``crosssdk``, and ``cross-canadian``.
1359
1360 The default value, which is "target*", for ``COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES``
1361 is set by the :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>`
1362 class, which is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
1363
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001364 :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001365 If set to "1" along with the
1366 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, the
1367 OpenEmbedded build system copies into the image the license files,
1368 which are located in ``/usr/share/common-licenses``, for each
1369 package. The license files are placed in directories within the image
1370 itself during build time.
1371
1372 .. note::
1373
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001374 The ``COPY_LIC_DIRS`` does not offer a path for adding licenses for
1375 newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for
1376 read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the
1377 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information.
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001378 You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`"
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001379 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001380 information on providing license text.
1381
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001382 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001383 If set to "1", the OpenEmbedded build system copies the license
1384 manifest for the image to
1385 ``/usr/share/common-licenses/license.manifest`` within the image
1386 itself during build time.
1387
1388 .. note::
1389
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001390 The ``COPY_LIC_MANIFEST`` does not offer a path for adding licenses for
1391 newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for
1392 read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the
1393 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information.
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001394 You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`"
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001395 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001396 information on providing license text.
1397
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001398 :term:`CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001399 Specifies the list of packages to be added to the image. You should
1400 only set this variable in the ``local.conf`` configuration file found
1401 in the :term:`Build Directory`.
1402
1403 This variable replaces ``POKY_EXTRA_INSTALL``, which is no longer
1404 supported.
1405
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001406 :term:`COREBASE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001407 Specifies the parent directory of the OpenEmbedded-Core Metadata
1408 layer (i.e. ``meta``).
1409
1410 It is an important distinction that ``COREBASE`` points to the parent
1411 of this layer and not the layer itself. Consider an example where you
1412 have cloned the Poky Git repository and retained the ``poky`` name
1413 for your local copy of the repository. In this case, ``COREBASE``
1414 points to the ``poky`` folder because it is the parent directory of
1415 the ``poky/meta`` layer.
1416
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001417 :term:`COREBASE_FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001418 Lists files from the :term:`COREBASE` directory that
1419 should be copied other than the layers listed in the
1420 ``bblayers.conf`` file. The ``COREBASE_FILES`` variable exists for
1421 the purpose of copying metadata from the OpenEmbedded build system
1422 into the extensible SDK.
1423
1424 Explicitly listing files in ``COREBASE`` is needed because it
1425 typically contains build directories and other files that should not
1426 normally be copied into the extensible SDK. Consequently, the value
1427 of ``COREBASE_FILES`` is used in order to only copy the files that
1428 are actually needed.
1429
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001430 :term:`CPP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001431 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C preprocessor.
1432
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001433 :term:`CPPFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001434 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
1435 C and the C++ compilers). This variable is exported to an environment
1436 variable and thus made visible to the software being built during the
1437 compilation step.
1438
1439 Default initialization for ``CPPFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
1440 being built:
1441
1442 - :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` when building for
1443 the target
1444
1445 - :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS` when building for the
1446 build host (i.e. ``-native``)
1447
1448 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS` when building
1449 for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
1450
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001451 :term:`CROSS_COMPILE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001452 The toolchain binary prefix for the target tools. The
1453 ``CROSS_COMPILE`` variable is the same as the
1454 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` variable.
1455
1456 .. note::
1457
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001458 The OpenEmbedded build system sets the ``CROSS_COMPILE``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001459 variable only in certain contexts (e.g. when building for kernel
1460 and kernel module recipes).
1461
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001462 :term:`CVSDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001463 The directory in which files checked out under the CVS system are
1464 stored.
1465
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001466 :term:`CXX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001467 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C++ compiler.
1468
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001469 :term:`CXXFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001470 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler. This variable is
1471 exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the
1472 software being built during the compilation step.
1473
1474 Default initialization for ``CXXFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
1475 being built:
1476
1477 - :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` when building for
1478 the target
1479
1480 - :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS` when building for the
1481 build host (i.e. ``-native``)
1482
1483 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS` when building
1484 for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
1485
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001486 :term:`D`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001487 The destination directory. The location in the :term:`Build Directory`
1488 where components are installed by the
1489 :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task. This location defaults
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001490 to::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001491
1492 ${WORKDIR}/image
1493
1494 .. note::
1495
1496 Tasks that read from or write to this directory should run under
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001497 :ref:`fakeroot <overview-manual/concepts:fakeroot and pseudo>`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001498
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001499 :term:`DATE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001500 The date the build was started. Dates appear using the year, month,
1501 and day (YMD) format (e.g. "20150209" for February 9th, 2015).
1502
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001503 :term:`DATETIME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001504 The date and time on which the current build started. The format is
1505 suitable for timestamps.
1506
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001507 :term:`DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001508 When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
1509 which is the default behavior, ``DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME`` specifies a
1510 particular package should not be renamed according to Debian library
1511 package naming. You must use the package name as an override when you
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001512 set this variable. Here is an example from the ``fontconfig`` recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001513
1514 DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME_fontconfig-utils = "1"
1515
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001516 :term:`DEBIANNAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001517 When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
1518 which is the default behavior, ``DEBIANNAME`` allows you to override
1519 the library name for an individual package. Overriding the library
1520 name in these cases is rare. You must use the package name as an
1521 override when you set this variable. Here is an example from the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001522 ``dbus`` recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001523
1524 DEBIANNAME_${PN} = "dbus-1"
1525
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001526 :term:`DEBUG_BUILD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001527 Specifies to build packages with debugging information. This
1528 influences the value of the ``SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`` variable.
1529
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001530 :term:`DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001531 The options to pass in ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` and ``CFLAGS`` when
1532 compiling a system for debugging. This variable defaults to "-O
1533 -fno-omit-frame-pointer ${DEBUG_FLAGS} -pipe".
1534
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001535 :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001536 Specifies a weak bias for recipe selection priority.
1537
1538 The most common usage of this is variable is to set it to "-1" within
1539 a recipe for a development version of a piece of software. Using the
1540 variable in this way causes the stable version of the recipe to build
1541 by default in the absence of ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` being used to
1542 build the development version.
1543
1544 .. note::
1545
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001546 The bias provided by ``DEFAULT_PREFERENCE`` is weak and is overridden
1547 by :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` if that variable is different between two
1548 layers that contain different versions of the same recipe.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001549
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001550 :term:`DEFAULTTUNE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001551 The default CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) tunings (i.e.
1552 the "tune") used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The
1553 ``DEFAULTTUNE`` helps define
1554 :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`.
1555
1556 The default tune is either implicitly or explicitly set by the
1557 machine (:term:`MACHINE`). However, you can override
1558 the setting using available tunes as defined with
1559 :term:`AVAILTUNES`.
1560
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001561 :term:`DEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001562 Lists a recipe's build-time dependencies. These are dependencies on
1563 other recipes whose contents (e.g. headers and shared libraries) are
1564 needed by the recipe at build time.
1565
1566 As an example, consider a recipe ``foo`` that contains the following
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001567 assignment::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001568
1569 DEPENDS = "bar"
1570
1571 The practical effect of the previous
1572 assignment is that all files installed by bar will be available in
1573 the appropriate staging sysroot, given by the
1574 :term:`STAGING_DIR* <STAGING_DIR>` variables, by the time the
1575 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for ``foo`` runs.
1576 This mechanism is implemented by having ``do_configure`` depend on
1577 the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task of
1578 each recipe listed in ``DEPENDS``, through a
1579 ``[``\ :ref:`deptask <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags>`\ ``]``
1580 declaration in the :ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` class.
1581
1582 .. note::
1583
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001584 It seldom is necessary to reference, for example, ``STAGING_DIR_HOST``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001585 explicitly. The standard classes and build-related variables are
1586 configured to automatically use the appropriate staging sysroots.
1587
1588 As another example, ``DEPENDS`` can also be used to add utilities
1589 that run on the build machine during the build. For example, a recipe
1590 that makes use of a code generator built by the recipe ``codegen``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001591 might have the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001592
1593 DEPENDS = "codegen-native"
1594
1595 For more
1596 information, see the :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>` class and
1597 the :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH` variable.
1598
1599 .. note::
1600
1601 - ``DEPENDS`` is a list of recipe names. Or, to be more precise,
1602 it is a list of :term:`PROVIDES` names, which
1603 usually match recipe names. Putting a package name such as
1604 "foo-dev" in ``DEPENDS`` does not make sense. Use "foo"
1605 instead, as this will put files from all the packages that make
1606 up ``foo``, which includes those from ``foo-dev``, into the
1607 sysroot.
1608
1609 - One recipe having another recipe in ``DEPENDS`` does not by
1610 itself add any runtime dependencies between the packages
1611 produced by the two recipes. However, as explained in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001612 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001613 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual,
1614 runtime dependencies will often be added automatically, meaning
1615 ``DEPENDS`` alone is sufficient for most recipes.
1616
1617 - Counterintuitively, ``DEPENDS`` is often necessary even for
1618 recipes that install precompiled components. For example, if
1619 ``libfoo`` is a precompiled library that links against
1620 ``libbar``, then linking against ``libfoo`` requires both
1621 ``libfoo`` and ``libbar`` to be available in the sysroot.
1622 Without a ``DEPENDS`` from the recipe that installs ``libfoo``
1623 to the recipe that installs ``libbar``, other recipes might
1624 fail to link against ``libfoo``.
1625
1626 For information on runtime dependencies, see the
1627 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable. You can also see the
1628 ":ref:`Tasks <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks>`" and
1629 ":ref:`Dependencies <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies>`" sections in the
1630 BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and
1631 dependencies.
1632
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001633 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001634 Points to the general area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to
1635 place images, packages, SDKs, and other output files that are ready
1636 to be used outside of the build system. By default, this directory
1637 resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as
1638 ``${TMPDIR}/deploy``.
1639
1640 For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001641 ":ref:`ref-manual/structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001642 For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001643 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:images`",
1644 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`", and
1645 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:application development sdk`" sections all in the
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001646 Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1647
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001648 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001649 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1650 Debian packages that are ready to be used outside of the build
1651 system. This variable applies only when
1652 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
1653 "package_deb".
1654
1655 The BitBake configuration file initially defines the
1656 ``DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`` variable as a sub-folder of
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001657 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001658
1659 DEPLOY_DIR_DEB = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/deb"
1660
1661 The :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>` class uses the
1662 ``DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`` variable to make sure the
1663 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_deb` task
1664 writes Debian packages into the appropriate folder. For more
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001665 information on how packaging works, see the
1666 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001667 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1668
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001669 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001670 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1671 images and other associated output files that are ready to be
1672 deployed onto the target machine. The directory is machine-specific
1673 as it contains the ``${MACHINE}`` name. By default, this directory
1674 resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as
1675 ``${DEPLOY_DIR}/images/${MACHINE}/``.
1676
1677 For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001678 ":ref:`ref-manual/structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001679 For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001680 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:images`" and
1681 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:application development sdk`" sections both in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001682 the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1683
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001684 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IPK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001685 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1686 IPK packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system.
1687 This variable applies only when
1688 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
1689 "package_ipk".
1690
1691 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001692 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001693
1694 DEPLOY_DIR_IPK = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/ipk"
1695
1696 The :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>` class uses the
1697 ``DEPLOY_DIR_IPK`` variable to make sure the
1698 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_ipk` task
1699 writes IPK packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001700 on how packaging works, see the
1701 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001702 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1703
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001704 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_RPM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001705 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1706 RPM packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system.
1707 This variable applies only when
1708 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
1709 "package_rpm".
1710
1711 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001712 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001713
1714 DEPLOY_DIR_RPM = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm"
1715
1716 The :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>` class uses the
1717 ``DEPLOY_DIR_RPM`` variable to make sure the
1718 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_rpm` task
1719 writes RPM packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001720 on how packaging works, see the
1721 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001722 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1723
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001724 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_TAR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001725 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1726 tarballs that are ready to be used outside of the build system. This
1727 variable applies only when
1728 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
1729 "package_tar".
1730
1731 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001732 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001733
1734 DEPLOY_DIR_TAR = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/tar"
1735
1736 The :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class uses the
1737 ``DEPLOY_DIR_TAR`` variable to make sure the
1738 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_tar` task
1739 writes TAR packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001740 on how packaging works, see the
1741 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001742 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1743
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001744 :term:`DEPLOYDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001745 When inheriting the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class, the
1746 ``DEPLOYDIR`` points to a temporary work area for deployed files that
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001747 is set in the ``deploy`` class as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001748
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001749 DEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001750
1751 Recipes inheriting the ``deploy`` class should copy files to be
1752 deployed into ``DEPLOYDIR``, and the class will take care of copying
1753 them into :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`
1754 afterwards.
1755
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001756 :term:`DESCRIPTION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001757 The package description used by package managers. If not set,
1758 ``DESCRIPTION`` takes the value of the :term:`SUMMARY`
1759 variable.
1760
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001761 :term:`DISTRO`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001762 The short name of the distribution. For information on the long name
1763 of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO_NAME`
1764 variable.
1765
1766 The ``DISTRO`` variable corresponds to a distribution configuration
1767 file whose root name is the same as the variable's argument and whose
1768 filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the distribution
1769 configuration file for the Poky distribution is named ``poky.conf``
1770 and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory of the
1771 :term:`Source Directory`.
1772
1773 Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO`` variable is set as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001774 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001775
1776 DISTRO = "poky"
1777
1778 Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro``
1779 directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the
1780 distribution configuration. The value for ``DISTRO`` must not contain
1781 spaces, and is typically all lower-case.
1782
1783 .. note::
1784
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001785 If the ``DISTRO`` variable is blank, a set of default configurations
1786 are used, which are specified within
1787 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001788
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001789 :term:`DISTRO_CODENAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001790 Specifies a codename for the distribution being built.
1791
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001792 :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001793 Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images.
1794 This variable takes affect through ``packagegroup-base`` so the
1795 variable only really applies to the more full-featured images that
1796 include ``packagegroup-base``. You can use this variable to keep
1797 distro policy out of generic images. As with all other distro
1798 variables, you set this variable in the distro ``.conf`` file.
1799
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001800 :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001801 Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images if
1802 the packages exist. The packages might not exist or be empty (e.g.
1803 kernel modules). The list of packages are automatically installed but
1804 you can remove them.
1805
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001806 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001807 The software support you want in your distribution for various
1808 features. You define your distribution features in the distribution
1809 configuration file.
1810
1811 In most cases, the presence or absence of a feature in
1812 ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` is translated to the appropriate option supplied
1813 to the configure script during the
1814 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for recipes that
1815 optionally support the feature. For example, specifying "x11" in
1816 ``DISTRO_FEATURES``, causes every piece of software built for the
1817 target that can optionally support X11 to have its X11 support
1818 enabled.
1819
1820 Two more examples are Bluetooth and NFS support. For a more complete
1821 list of features that ships with the Yocto Project and that you can
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001822 provide with this variable, see the ":ref:`ref-features-distro`" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001823
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001824 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001825 Features to be added to ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` if not also present in
1826 ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED``.
1827
1828 This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is
1829 not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference
1830 the variable to see which distro features are being backfilled for
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001831 all distro configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section
1832 for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001833
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001834 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001835 Features from ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL`` that should not be
1836 backfilled (i.e. added to ``DISTRO_FEATURES``) during the build. See
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001837 the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001838
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001839 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001840 A convenience variable that gives you the default list of distro
1841 features with the exception of any features specific to the C library
1842 (``libc``).
1843
1844 When creating a custom distribution, you might find it useful to be
1845 able to reuse the default
1846 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` options without the
1847 need to write out the full set. Here is an example that uses
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001848 ``DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT`` from a custom distro configuration file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001849
1850 DISTRO_FEATURES ?= "${DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT} myfeature"
1851
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001852 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001853 Specifies a list of features that if present in the target
1854 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be
1855 included in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` when building native recipes. This
1856 variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the
1857 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE`
1858 variable.
1859
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001860 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001861 Specifies a list of features that if present in the target
1862 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be
1863 included in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` when building nativesdk recipes. This
1864 variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the
1865 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK`
1866 variable.
1867
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001868 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001869 Specifies a list of features that should be included in
1870 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building native
1871 recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features filtered
1872 using the
1873 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE`
1874 variable.
1875
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001876 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001877 Specifies a list of features that should be included in
1878 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building
1879 nativesdk recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features
1880 filtered using the
1881 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK`
1882 variable.
1883
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001884 :term:`DISTRO_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001885 The long name of the distribution. For information on the short name
1886 of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO` variable.
1887
1888 The ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable corresponds to a distribution
1889 configuration file whose root name is the same as the variable's
1890 argument and whose filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the
1891 distribution configuration file for the Poky distribution is named
1892 ``poky.conf`` and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory
1893 of the :term:`Source Directory`.
1894
1895 Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable is set
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001896 as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001897
1898 DISTRO_NAME = "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)"
1899
1900 Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro``
1901 directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the
1902 distribution configuration.
1903
1904 .. note::
1905
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001906 If the ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable is blank, a set of default
1907 configurations are used, which are specified within
1908 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001909
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001910 :term:`DISTRO_VERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001911 The version of the distribution.
1912
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001913 :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001914 A colon-separated list of overrides specific to the current
1915 distribution. By default, this list includes the value of
1916 :term:`DISTRO`.
1917
1918 You can extend ``DISTROOVERRIDES`` to add extra overrides that should
1919 apply to the distribution.
1920
1921 The underlying mechanism behind ``DISTROOVERRIDES`` is simply that it
1922 is included in the default value of
1923 :term:`OVERRIDES`.
1924
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05001925 :term:`DISTUTILS_SETUP_PATH`
1926 When used by recipes that inherit the
1927 :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>` or
1928 :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` class, this variable should
1929 be used to specify the directory in which the ``setup.py`` file is
1930 located if it is not at the root of the source tree (as specified by
1931 :term:`S`). For example, in a recipe where the sources are fetched from
1932 a Git repository and ``setup.py`` is in a ``python/pythonmodule``
1933 subdirectory, you would have this::
1934
1935 S = "${WORKDIR}/git"
1936 DISTUTILS_SETUP_PATH = "${S}/python/pythonmodule"
1937
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001938 :term:`DL_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001939 The central download directory used by the build process to store
1940 downloads. By default, ``DL_DIR`` gets files suitable for mirroring
1941 for everything except Git repositories. If you want tarballs of Git
1942 repositories, use the
1943 :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS`
1944 variable.
1945
1946 You can set this directory by defining the ``DL_DIR`` variable in the
1947 ``conf/local.conf`` file. This directory is self-maintaining and you
1948 should not have to touch it. By default, the directory is
1949 ``downloads`` in the :term:`Build Directory`.
1950 ::
1951
1952 #DL_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/downloads"
1953
1954 To specify a different download directory,
1955 simply remove the comment from the line and provide your directory.
1956
1957 During a first build, the system downloads many different source code
1958 tarballs from various upstream projects. Downloading can take a
1959 while, particularly if your network connection is slow. Tarballs are
1960 all stored in the directory defined by ``DL_DIR`` and the build
1961 system looks there first to find source tarballs.
1962
1963 .. note::
1964
1965 When wiping and rebuilding, you can preserve this directory to
1966 speed up this part of subsequent builds.
1967
1968 You can safely share this directory between multiple builds on the
1969 same development machine. For additional information on how the build
1970 process gets source files when working behind a firewall or proxy
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001971 server, see this specific question in the ":doc:`faq`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001972 chapter. You can also refer to the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001973 ":yocto_wiki:`Working Behind a Network Proxy </Working_Behind_a_Network_Proxy>`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001974 Wiki page.
1975
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001976 :term:`DOC_COMPRESS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001977 When inheriting the :ref:`compress_doc <ref-classes-compress_doc>`
1978 class, this variable sets the compression policy used when the
1979 OpenEmbedded build system compresses man pages and info pages. By
1980 default, the compression method used is gz (gzip). Other policies
1981 available are xz and bz2.
1982
1983 For information on policies and on how to use this variable, see the
1984 comments in the ``meta/classes/compress_doc.bbclass`` file.
1985
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001986 :term:`EFI_PROVIDER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001987 When building bootable images (i.e. where ``hddimg``, ``iso``, or
1988 ``wic.vmdk`` is in :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`), the
1989 ``EFI_PROVIDER`` variable specifies the EFI bootloader to use. The
1990 default is "grub-efi", but "systemd-boot" can be used instead.
1991
1992 See the :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` and
1993 :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` classes for more
1994 information.
1995
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001996 :term:`ENABLE_BINARY_LOCALE_GENERATION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001997 Variable that controls which locales for ``glibc`` are generated
1998 during the build (useful if the target device has 64Mbytes of RAM or
1999 less).
2000
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002001 :term:`ERR_REPORT_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002002 When used with the :ref:`report-error <ref-classes-report-error>`
2003 class, specifies the path used for storing the debug files created by
2004 the :ref:`error reporting
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002005 tool <dev-manual/common-tasks:using the error reporting tool>`, which
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002006 allows you to submit build errors you encounter to a central
2007 database. By default, the value of this variable is
2008 ``${``\ :term:`LOG_DIR`\ ``}/error-report``.
2009
2010 You can set ``ERR_REPORT_DIR`` to the path you want the error
2011 reporting tool to store the debug files as follows in your
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002012 ``local.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002013
2014 ERR_REPORT_DIR = "path"
2015
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002016 :term:`ERROR_QA`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002017 Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as
2018 errors by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in
2019 your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you
2020 can control with this variable, see the
2021 ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section.
2022
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002023 :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002024 Triggers the OpenEmbedded build system's shared libraries resolver to
2025 exclude an entire package when scanning for shared libraries.
2026
2027 .. note::
2028
2029 The shared libraries resolver's functionality results in part from
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002030 the internal function ``package_do_shlibs``, which is part of the
2031 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. You should be aware that the shared
2032 libraries resolver might implicitly define some dependencies between
2033 packages.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002034
2035 The ``EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`` variable is similar to the
2036 :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` variable, which excludes a
2037 package's particular libraries only and not the whole package.
2038
2039 Use the ``EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`` variable by setting it to "1" for a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002040 particular package::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002041
2042 EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS = "1"
2043
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002044 :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002045 Directs BitBake to exclude a recipe from world builds (i.e.
2046 ``bitbake world``). During world builds, BitBake locates, parses and
2047 builds all recipes found in every layer exposed in the
2048 ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file.
2049
2050 To exclude a recipe from a world build using this variable, set the
2051 variable to "1" in the recipe.
2052
2053 .. note::
2054
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002055 Recipes added to ``EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`` may still be built during a
2056 world build in order to satisfy dependencies of other recipes. Adding
2057 a recipe to ``EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`` only ensures that the recipe is not
2058 explicitly added to the list of build targets in a world build.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002059
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002060 :term:`EXTENDPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002061 Used with file and pathnames to create a prefix for a recipe's
2062 version based on the recipe's :term:`PE` value. If ``PE``
2063 is set and greater than zero for a recipe, ``EXTENDPE`` becomes that
2064 value (e.g if ``PE`` is equal to "1" then ``EXTENDPE`` becomes "1").
2065 If a recipe's ``PE`` is not set (the default) or is equal to zero,
2066 ``EXTENDPE`` becomes "".
2067
2068 See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example.
2069
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002070 :term:`EXTENDPKGV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002071 The full package version specification as it appears on the final
2072 packages produced by a recipe. The variable's value is normally used
2073 to fix a runtime dependency to the exact same version of another
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002074 package in the same recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002075
2076 RDEPENDS_${PN}-additional-module = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})"
2077
2078 The dependency relationships are intended to force the package
2079 manager to upgrade these types of packages in lock-step.
2080
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002081 :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002082 When set, the ``EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS`` variable indicates that these
2083 tools are not in the source tree.
2084
2085 When kernel tools are available in the tree, they are preferred over
2086 any externally installed tools. Setting the ``EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS``
2087 variable tells the OpenEmbedded build system to prefer the installed
2088 external tools. See the
2089 :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` class in
2090 ``meta/classes`` to see how the variable is used.
2091
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002092 :term:`EXTERNALSRC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002093 When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>`
2094 class, this variable points to the source tree, which is outside of
2095 the OpenEmbedded build system. When set, this variable sets the
2096 :term:`S` variable, which is what the OpenEmbedded build
2097 system uses to locate unpacked recipe source code.
2098
2099 For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the
2100 ":ref:`externalsrc.bbclass <ref-classes-externalsrc>`" section. You
2101 can also find information on how to use this variable in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002102 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building software from an external source`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002103 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
2104
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002105 :term:`EXTERNALSRC_BUILD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002106 When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>`
2107 class, this variable points to the directory in which the recipe's
2108 source code is built, which is outside of the OpenEmbedded build
2109 system. When set, this variable sets the :term:`B` variable,
2110 which is what the OpenEmbedded build system uses to locate the Build
2111 Directory.
2112
2113 For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the
2114 ":ref:`externalsrc.bbclass <ref-classes-externalsrc>`" section. You
2115 can also find information on how to use this variable in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002116 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building software from an external source`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002117 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
2118
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002119 :term:`EXTRA_AUTORECONF`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002120 For recipes inheriting the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>`
2121 class, you can use ``EXTRA_AUTORECONF`` to specify extra options to
2122 pass to the ``autoreconf`` command that is executed during the
2123 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task.
2124
2125 The default value is "--exclude=autopoint".
2126
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002127 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002128 A list of additional features to include in an image. When listing
2129 more than one feature, separate them with a space.
2130
2131 Typically, you configure this variable in your ``local.conf`` file,
2132 which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`.
2133 Although you can use this variable from within a recipe, best
2134 practices dictate that you do not.
2135
2136 .. note::
2137
2138 To enable primary features from within the image recipe, use the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002139 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002140
2141 Here are some examples of features you can add:
2142
2143 - "dbg-pkgs" - Adds -dbg packages for all installed packages including
2144 symbol information for debugging and profiling.
2145
2146 - "debug-tweaks" - Makes an image suitable for debugging. For example, allows root logins without passwords and
2147 enables post-installation logging. See the 'allow-empty-password' and
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002148 'post-install-logging' features in the ":ref:`ref-features-image`"
2149 section for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002150 - "dev-pkgs" - Adds -dev packages for all installed packages. This is
2151 useful if you want to develop against the libraries in the image.
2152 - "read-only-rootfs" - Creates an image whose root filesystem is
2153 read-only. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002154 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating a read-only root filesystem`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002155 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
2156 information
2157 - "tools-debug" - Adds debugging tools such as gdb and strace.
2158 - "tools-sdk" - Adds development tools such as gcc, make,
2159 pkgconfig and so forth.
2160 - "tools-testapps" - Adds useful testing tools
2161 such as ts_print, aplay, arecord and so forth.
2162
2163 For a complete list of image features that ships with the Yocto
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002164 Project, see the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002165
2166 For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002167 variable, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:customizing images using custom \`\`image_features\`\` and \`\`extra_image_features\`\``"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002168 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
2169
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002170 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGECMD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002171 Specifies additional options for the image creation command that has
2172 been specified in :term:`IMAGE_CMD`. When setting
2173 this variable, use an override for the associated image type. Here is
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002174 an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002175
2176 EXTRA_IMAGECMD_ext3 ?= "-i 4096"
2177
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002178 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002179 A list of recipes to build that do not provide packages for
2180 installing into the root filesystem.
2181
2182 Sometimes a recipe is required to build the final image but is not
2183 needed in the root filesystem. You can use the ``EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS``
2184 variable to list these recipes and thus specify the dependencies. A
2185 typical example is a required bootloader in a machine configuration.
2186
2187 .. note::
2188
2189 To add packages to the root filesystem, see the various
Andrew Geissler95ac1b82021-03-31 14:34:31 -05002190 :term:`RDEPENDS` and :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variables.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002191
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002192 :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002193 A list of subdirectories of
2194 ``${``\ :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE`\ ``}``
2195 added to the beginning of the environment variable ``PATH``. As an
2196 example, the following prepends
2197 "${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/foo:${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/bar:" to
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002198 ``PATH``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002199
2200 EXTRANATIVEPATH = "foo bar"
2201
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002202 :term:`EXTRA_OECMAKE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002203 Additional `CMake <https://cmake.org/overview/>`__ options. See the
2204 :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` class for additional information.
2205
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002206 :term:`EXTRA_OECONF`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002207 Additional ``configure`` script options. See
2208 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` for
2209 additional information on passing configure script options.
2210
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002211 :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002212 Additional GNU ``make`` options.
2213
2214 Because the ``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` defaults to "", you need to set the
2215 variable to specify any required GNU options.
2216
2217 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` and
2218 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` also make use of
2219 ``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` to pass the required flags.
2220
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002221 :term:`EXTRA_OESCONS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002222 When inheriting the :ref:`scons <ref-classes-scons>` class, this
2223 variable specifies additional configuration options you want to pass
2224 to the ``scons`` command line.
2225
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002226 :term:`EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002227 When inheriting the :ref:`extrausers <ref-classes-extrausers>`
2228 class, this variable provides image level user and group operations.
2229 This is a more global method of providing user and group
2230 configuration as compared to using the
2231 :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, which ties user and
2232 group configurations to a specific recipe.
2233
2234 The set list of commands you can configure using the
2235 ``EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS`` is shown in the ``extrausers`` class. These
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002236 commands map to the normal Unix commands of the same names::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002237
2238 # EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\
2239 # useradd -p '' tester; \
2240 # groupadd developers; \
2241 # userdel nobody; \
2242 # groupdel -g video; \
2243 # groupmod -g 1020 developers; \
2244 # usermod -s /bin/sh tester; \
2245 # "
2246
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05002247 Additionally there is a special ``passwd-expire`` command that will
2248 cause the password for a user to be expired and thus force changing it
2249 on first login, for example::
2250
2251 EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS += " useradd myuser; passwd-expire myuser;"
2252
2253 .. note::
2254
2255 At present, ``passwd-expire`` may only work for remote logins when
2256 using OpenSSH and not dropbear as an SSH server.
2257
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002258 :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002259 Defines one or more packages to include in an image when a specific
2260 item is included in :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`.
2261 When setting the value, ``FEATURE_PACKAGES`` should have the name of
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002262 the feature item as an override. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002263
2264 FEATURE_PACKAGES_widget = "package1 package2"
2265
2266 In this example, if "widget" were added to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``,
2267 package1 and package2 would be included in the image.
2268
2269 .. note::
2270
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002271 Packages installed by features defined through ``FEATURE_PACKAGES``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002272 are often package groups. While similarly named, you should not
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002273 confuse the ``FEATURE_PACKAGES`` variable with package groups, which
2274 are discussed elsewhere in the documentation.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002275
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002276 :term:`FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002277 Points to the base URL of the server and location within the
2278 document-root that provides the metadata and packages required by
2279 OPKG to support runtime package management of IPK packages. You set
2280 this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
2281
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002282 Consider the following example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002283
2284 FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI = "http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir"
2285
2286 This example assumes you are serving
2287 your packages over HTTP and your databases are located in a directory
2288 named ``BOARD-dir``, which is underneath your HTTP server's
2289 document-root. In this case, the OpenEmbedded build system generates
2290 a set of configuration files for you in your target that work with
2291 the feed.
2292
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002293 :term:`FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002294 The list of files and directories that are placed in a package. The
2295 :term:`PACKAGES` variable lists the packages
2296 generated by a recipe.
2297
2298 To use the ``FILES`` variable, provide a package name override that
2299 identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a space-separated
2300 list of files or paths that identify the files you want included as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002301 part of the resulting package. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002302
2303 FILES_${PN} += "${bindir}/mydir1 ${bindir}/mydir2/myfile"
2304
2305 .. note::
2306
2307 - When specifying files or paths, you can pattern match using
2308 Python's
2309 `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_
2310 syntax. For details on the syntax, see the documentation by
2311 following the previous link.
2312
2313 - When specifying paths as part of the ``FILES`` variable, it is
2314 good practice to use appropriate path variables. For example,
2315 use ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc``, or ``${bindir}``
2316 rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these
2317 variables at the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in
2318 the :term:`Source Directory`. You will also
2319 find the default values of the various ``FILES_*`` variables in
2320 this file.
2321
2322 If some of the files you provide with the ``FILES`` variable are
2323 editable and you know they should not be overwritten during the
2324 package update process by the Package Management System (PMS), you
2325 can identify these files so that the PMS will not overwrite them. See
2326 the :term:`CONFFILES` variable for information on
2327 how to identify these files to the PMS.
2328
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002329 :term:`FILES_SOLIBSDEV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002330 Defines the file specification to match
2331 :term:`SOLIBSDEV`. In other words,
2332 ``FILES_SOLIBSDEV`` defines the full path name of the development
2333 symbolic link (symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform.
2334
2335 The following statement from the ``bitbake.conf`` shows how it is
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002336 set::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002337
2338 FILES_SOLIBSDEV ?= "${base_libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV}"
2339
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002340 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002341 Extends the search path the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
2342 looking for files and patches as it processes recipes and append
2343 files. The default directories BitBake uses when it processes recipes
2344 are initially defined by the :term:`FILESPATH`
2345 variable. You can extend ``FILESPATH`` variable by using
2346 ``FILESEXTRAPATHS``.
2347
2348 Best practices dictate that you accomplish this by using
2349 ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` from within a ``.bbappend`` file and that you
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002350 prepend paths as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002351
2352 FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
2353
2354 In the above example, the build system first
2355 looks for files in a directory that has the same name as the
2356 corresponding append file.
2357
2358 .. note::
2359
2360 When extending ``FILESEXTRAPATHS``, be sure to use the immediate
2361 expansion (``:=``) operator. Immediate expansion makes sure that
2362 BitBake evaluates :term:`THISDIR` at the time the
2363 directive is encountered rather than at some later time when
2364 expansion might result in a directory that does not contain the
2365 files you need.
2366
2367 Also, include the trailing separating colon character if you are
2368 prepending. The trailing colon character is necessary because you
2369 are directing BitBake to extend the path by prepending directories
2370 to the search path.
2371
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002372 Here is another common use::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002373
2374 FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/files:"
2375
2376 In this example, the build system extends the
2377 ``FILESPATH`` variable to include a directory named ``files`` that is
2378 in the same directory as the corresponding append file.
2379
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002380 This next example specifically adds three paths::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002381
2382 FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "path_1:path_2:path_3:"
2383
2384 A final example shows how you can extend the search path and include
2385 a :term:`MACHINE`-specific override, which is useful
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002386 in a BSP layer::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002387
2388 FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend_intel-x86-common := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
2389
2390 The previous statement appears in the
2391 ``linux-yocto-dev.bbappend`` file, which is found in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002392 :ref:`overview-manual/development-environment:yocto project source repositories` in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002393 ``meta-intel/common/recipes-kernel/linux``. Here, the machine
2394 override is a special :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`
2395 definition for multiple ``meta-intel`` machines.
2396
2397 .. note::
2398
2399 For a layer that supports a single BSP, the override could just be
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002400 the value of ``MACHINE``.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002401
2402 By prepending paths in ``.bbappend`` files, you allow multiple append
2403 files that reside in different layers but are used for the same
2404 recipe to correctly extend the path.
2405
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002406 :term:`FILESOVERRIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002407 A subset of :term:`OVERRIDES` used by the
2408 OpenEmbedded build system for creating
2409 :term:`FILESPATH`. The ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable
2410 uses overrides to automatically extend the
2411 :term:`FILESPATH` variable. For an example of how
2412 that works, see the :term:`FILESPATH` variable
2413 description. Additionally, you find more information on how overrides
2414 are handled in the
2415 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`"
2416 section of the BitBake User Manual.
2417
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002418 By default, the ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable is defined as::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002419
2420 FILESOVERRIDES = "${TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH}:${MACHINEOVERRIDES}:${DISTROOVERRIDES}"
2421
2422 .. note::
2423
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002424 Do not hand-edit the ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable. The values match up
2425 with expected overrides and are used in an expected manner by the
2426 build system.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002427
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002428 :term:`FILESPATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002429 The default set of directories the OpenEmbedded build system uses
2430 when searching for patches and files.
2431
2432 During the build process, BitBake searches each directory in
2433 ``FILESPATH`` in the specified order when looking for files and
2434 patches specified by each ``file://`` URI in a recipe's
2435 :term:`SRC_URI` statements.
2436
2437 The default value for the ``FILESPATH`` variable is defined in the
2438 ``base.bbclass`` class found in ``meta/classes`` in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002439 :term:`Source Directory`::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002440
2441 FILESPATH = "${@base_set_filespath(["${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BP}", \
2442 "${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BPN}", "${FILE_DIRNAME}/files"], d)}"
2443
2444 The
2445 ``FILESPATH`` variable is automatically extended using the overrides
2446 from the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable.
2447
2448 .. note::
2449
2450 - Do not hand-edit the ``FILESPATH`` variable. If you want the
2451 build system to look in directories other than the defaults,
2452 extend the ``FILESPATH`` variable by using the
2453 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable.
2454
2455 - Be aware that the default ``FILESPATH`` directories do not map
2456 to directories in custom layers where append files
2457 (``.bbappend``) are used. If you want the build system to find
2458 patches or files that reside with your append files, you need
2459 to extend the ``FILESPATH`` variable by using the
2460 ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` variable.
2461
2462 You can take advantage of this searching behavior in useful ways. For
2463 example, consider a case where the following directory structure
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002464 exists for general and machine-specific configurations::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002465
2466 files/defconfig
2467 files/MACHINEA/defconfig
2468 files/MACHINEB/defconfig
2469
2470 Also in the example, the ``SRC_URI`` statement contains
2471 "file://defconfig". Given this scenario, you can set
2472 :term:`MACHINE` to "MACHINEA" and cause the build
2473 system to use files from ``files/MACHINEA``. Set ``MACHINE`` to
2474 "MACHINEB" and the build system uses files from ``files/MACHINEB``.
2475 Finally, for any machine other than "MACHINEA" and "MACHINEB", the
2476 build system uses files from ``files/defconfig``.
2477
2478 You can find out more about the patching process in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002479 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:patching`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002480 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002481 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:patching code`" section in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002482 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. See the
2483 :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task as well.
2484
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002485 :term:`FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002486 Allows you to define your own file permissions settings table as part
2487 of your configuration for the packaging process. For example, suppose
2488 you need a consistent set of custom permissions for a set of groups
2489 and users across an entire work project. It is best to do this in the
2490 packages themselves but this is not always possible.
2491
2492 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``fs-perms.txt``,
2493 which is located in the ``meta/files`` folder in the :term:`Source Directory`.
2494 If you create your own file
2495 permissions setting table, you should place it in your layer or the
2496 distro's layer.
2497
2498 You define the ``FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES`` variable in the
2499 ``conf/local.conf`` file, which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`,
2500 to point to your custom
2501 ``fs-perms.txt``. You can specify more than a single file permissions
2502 setting table. The paths you specify to these files must be defined
2503 within the :term:`BBPATH` variable.
2504
2505 For guidance on how to create your own file permissions settings
2506 table file, examine the existing ``fs-perms.txt``.
2507
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06002508 :term:`FIT_DESC`
2509 Specifies the description string encoded into a fitImage. The default
2510 value is set by the :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>`
2511 class as follows::
2512
2513 FIT_DESC ?= "U-Boot fitImage for ${DISTRO_NAME}/${PV}/${MACHINE}"
2514
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002515 :term:`FIT_GENERATE_KEYS`
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002516 Decides whether to generate the keys for signing fitImage if they
2517 don't already exist. The keys are created in ``UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR``.
2518 The default value is 0.
2519
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002520 :term:`FIT_HASH_ALG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002521 Specifies the hash algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. For e.g. sha256.
2522
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05002523 :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG`
2524 Compression algorithm to use for the kernel image inside the FIT Image.
2525 At present, the only supported values are "gzip" (default) or "none"
2526 If you set this variable to anything other than "none" you may also need
2527 to set :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG_EXTENSION`.
2528
2529 :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG_EXTENSION`
2530 File extension corresponding to :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG`. The default
2531 value is ".gz".
2532
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002533 :term:`FIT_KEY_GENRSA_ARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002534 Arguments to openssl genrsa for generating RSA private key for signing
2535 fitImage. The default value is "-F4". i.e. the public exponent 65537 to
2536 use.
2537
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002538 :term:`FIT_KEY_REQ_ARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002539 Arguments to openssl req for generating certificate for signing fitImage.
2540 The default value is "-batch -new". batch for non interactive mode
2541 and new for generating new keys.
2542
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002543 :term:`FIT_KEY_SIGN_PKCS`
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05002544 Format for public key certificate used in signing fitImage.
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002545 The default value is "x509".
2546
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002547 :term:`FIT_SIGN_ALG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002548 Specifies the signature algorithm used in creating the FIT Image.
2549 For e.g. rsa2048.
2550
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002551 :term:`FIT_SIGN_NUMBITS`
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002552 Size of private key in number of bits used in fitImage. The default
2553 value is "2048".
2554
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06002555 :term:`FIT_SIGN_INDIVIDUAL`
2556 If set to "1", then the :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>`
2557 class will sign the kernel, dtb and ramdisk images individually in addition
2558 to signing the fitImage itself. This could be useful if you are
2559 intending to verify signatures in another context than booting via
2560 U-Boot.
2561
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002562 :term:`FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002563 When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class,
2564 this variable specifies the runtime dependencies for font packages.
2565 By default, the ``FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`` is set to "fontconfig-utils".
2566
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002567 :term:`FONT_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002568 When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class,
2569 this variable identifies packages containing font files that need to
2570 be cached by Fontconfig. By default, the ``fontcache`` class assumes
2571 that fonts are in the recipe's main package (i.e.
2572 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if fonts you
2573 need are in a package other than that main package.
2574
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002575 :term:`FORCE_RO_REMOVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002576 Forces the removal of the packages listed in ``ROOTFS_RO_UNNEEDED``
2577 during the generation of the root filesystem.
2578
2579 Set the variable to "1" to force the removal of these packages.
2580
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002581 :term:`FULL_OPTIMIZATION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002582 The options to pass in ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` and ``CFLAGS`` when
2583 compiling an optimized system. This variable defaults to "-O2 -pipe
2584 ${DEBUG_FLAGS}".
2585
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002586 :term:`GCCPIE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002587 Enables Position Independent Executables (PIE) within the GNU C
2588 Compiler (GCC). Enabling PIE in the GCC makes Return Oriented
2589 Programming (ROP) attacks much more difficult to execute.
2590
2591 By default the ``security_flags.inc`` file enables PIE by setting the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002592 variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002593
2594 GCCPIE ?= "--enable-default-pie"
2595
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002596 :term:`GCCVERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002597 Specifies the default version of the GNU C Compiler (GCC) used for
2598 compilation. By default, ``GCCVERSION`` is set to "8.x" in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002599 ``meta/conf/distro/include/tcmode-default.inc`` include file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002600
2601 GCCVERSION ?= "8.%"
2602
2603 You can override this value by setting it in a
2604 configuration file such as the ``local.conf``.
2605
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002606 :term:`GDB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002607 The minimal command and arguments to run the GNU Debugger.
2608
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002609 :term:`GITDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002610 The directory in which a local copy of a Git repository is stored
2611 when it is cloned.
2612
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002613 :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002614 Specifies the list of GLIBC locales to generate should you not wish
2615 to generate all LIBC locals, which can be time consuming.
2616
2617 .. note::
2618
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002619 If you specifically remove the locale ``en_US.UTF-8``, you must set
2620 :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` appropriately.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002621
2622 You can set ``GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`` in your ``local.conf`` file.
2623 By default, all locales are generated.
2624 ::
2625
2626 GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES = "en_GB.UTF-8 en_US.UTF-8"
2627
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002628 :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002629 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
2630 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be
2631 passed to the ``groupadd`` command if you wish to add a group to the
2632 system when the package is installed.
2633
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002634 Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002635
2636 GROUPADD_PARAM_${PN} = "-r netdev"
2637
2638 For information on the standard Linux shell command
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06002639 ``groupadd``, see https://linux.die.net/man/8/groupadd.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002640
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002641 :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002642 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
2643 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be
2644 passed to the ``groupmems`` command if you wish to modify the members
2645 of a group when the package is installed.
2646
2647 For information on the standard Linux shell command ``groupmems``,
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06002648 see https://linux.die.net/man/8/groupmems.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002649
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002650 :term:`GRUB_GFXSERIAL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002651 Configures the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) to have graphics
2652 and serial in the boot menu. Set this variable to "1" in your
2653 ``local.conf`` or distribution configuration file to enable graphics
2654 and serial in the menu.
2655
2656 See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
2657 information on how this variable is used.
2658
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002659 :term:`GRUB_OPTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002660 Additional options to add to the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB)
2661 configuration. Use a semi-colon character (``;``) to separate
2662 multiple options.
2663
2664 The ``GRUB_OPTS`` variable is optional. See the
2665 :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information
2666 on how this variable is used.
2667
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002668 :term:`GRUB_TIMEOUT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002669 Specifies the timeout before executing the default ``LABEL`` in the
2670 GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB).
2671
2672 The ``GRUB_TIMEOUT`` variable is optional. See the
2673 :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information
2674 on how this variable is used.
2675
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002676 :term:`GTKIMMODULES_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002677 When inheriting the
2678 :ref:`gtk-immodules-cache <ref-classes-gtk-immodules-cache>` class,
2679 this variable specifies the packages that contain the GTK+ input
2680 method modules being installed when the modules are in packages other
2681 than the main package.
2682
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002683 :term:`HOMEPAGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002684 Website where more information about the software the recipe is
2685 building can be found.
2686
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002687 :term:`HOST_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002688 The name of the target architecture, which is normally the same as
2689 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. The OpenEmbedded build system
2690 supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures
2691 supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is
2692 configurable:
2693
2694 - arm
2695 - i586
2696 - x86_64
2697 - powerpc
2698 - powerpc64
2699 - mips
2700 - mipsel
2701
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002702 :term:`HOST_CC_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002703 Specifies architecture-specific compiler flags that are passed to the
2704 C compiler.
2705
2706 Default initialization for ``HOST_CC_ARCH`` varies depending on what
2707 is being built:
2708
2709 - :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` when building for the
2710 target
2711
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002712 - :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` when building for the build host (i.e.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002713 ``-native``)
2714
2715 - ``BUILDSDK_CC_ARCH`` when building for an SDK (i.e.
2716 ``nativesdk-``)
2717
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002718 :term:`HOST_OS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002719 Specifies the name of the target operating system, which is normally
2720 the same as the :term:`TARGET_OS`. The variable can
2721 be set to "linux" for ``glibc``-based systems and to "linux-musl" for
2722 ``musl``. For ARM/EABI targets, there are also "linux-gnueabi" and
2723 "linux-musleabi" values possible.
2724
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002725 :term:`HOST_PREFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002726 Specifies the prefix for the cross-compile toolchain. ``HOST_PREFIX``
2727 is normally the same as :term:`TARGET_PREFIX`.
2728
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002729 :term:`HOST_SYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002730 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
2731 system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the
2732 current recipe.
2733
2734 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
2735 on :term:`HOST_ARCH`,
2736 :term:`HOST_VENDOR`, and
2737 :term:`HOST_OS` variables.
2738
2739 .. note::
2740
2741 You do not need to set the variable yourself.
2742
2743 Consider these two examples:
2744
2745 - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit x86 machine running Linux, the
2746 value is "i686-linux".
2747
2748 - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian MIPS target running
2749 Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux".
2750
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002751 :term:`HOSTTOOLS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002752 A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that
2753 should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this
2754 filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. If a tool
2755 specified in the value of ``HOSTTOOLS`` is not found on the build
2756 host, the OpenEmbedded build system produces an error and the build
2757 is not started.
2758
2759 For additional information, see
2760 :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`.
2761
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002762 :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002763 A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that
2764 should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this
2765 filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. Unlike
2766 :term:`HOSTTOOLS`, the OpenEmbedded build system
2767 does not produce an error if a tool specified in the value of
2768 ``HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`` is not found on the build host. Thus, you can
2769 use ``HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`` to filter optional host tools.
2770
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002771 :term:`HOST_VENDOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002772 Specifies the name of the vendor. ``HOST_VENDOR`` is normally the
2773 same as :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`.
2774
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002775 :term:`ICECC_DISABLED`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002776 Disables or enables the ``icecc`` (Icecream) function. For more
2777 information on this function and best practices for using this
2778 variable, see the ":ref:`icecc.bbclass <ref-classes-icecc>`"
2779 section.
2780
2781 Setting this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` disables the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002782 function::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002783
2784 ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1"
2785
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002786 To enable the function, set the variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002787
2788 ICECC_DISABLED = ""
2789
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002790 :term:`ICECC_ENV_EXEC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002791 Points to the ``icecc-create-env`` script that you provide. This
2792 variable is used by the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You
2793 set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
2794
2795 If you do not point to a script that you provide, the OpenEmbedded
2796 build system uses the default script provided by the
2797 ``icecc-create-env.bb`` recipe, which is a modified version and not
2798 the one that comes with ``icecc``.
2799
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002800 :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002801 Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the
2802 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task that specify parallel
2803 compilation. This variable usually takes the form of "-j x", where x
2804 represents the maximum number of parallel threads ``make`` can run.
2805
2806 .. note::
2807
2808 The options passed affect builds on all enabled machines on the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002809 network, which are machines running the ``iceccd`` daemon.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002810
2811 If your enabled machines support multiple cores, coming up with the
2812 maximum number of parallel threads that gives you the best
2813 performance could take some experimentation since machine speed,
2814 network lag, available memory, and existing machine loads can all
2815 affect build time. Consequently, unlike the
2816 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable, there is no
2817 rule-of-thumb for setting ``ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE`` to achieve optimal
2818 performance.
2819
2820 If you do not set ``ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE``, the build system does not
2821 use it (i.e. the system does not detect and assign the number of
2822 cores as is done with ``PARALLEL_MAKE``).
2823
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002824 :term:`ICECC_PATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002825 The location of the ``icecc`` binary. You can set this variable in
2826 your ``local.conf`` file. If your ``local.conf`` file does not define
2827 this variable, the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class attempts
2828 to define it by locating ``icecc`` using ``which``.
2829
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002830 :term:`ICECC_USER_CLASS_BL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002831 Identifies user classes that you do not want the Icecream distributed
2832 compile support to consider. This variable is used by the
2833 :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
2834 your ``local.conf`` file.
2835
2836 When you list classes using this variable, you are "blacklisting"
2837 them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any classes
2838 you list will be distributed and compiled locally.
2839
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002840 :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_BL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002841 Identifies user recipes that you do not want the Icecream distributed
2842 compile support to consider. This variable is used by the
2843 :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
2844 your ``local.conf`` file.
2845
2846 When you list packages using this variable, you are "blacklisting"
2847 them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any packages
2848 you list will be distributed and compiled locally.
2849
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002850 :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_WL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002851 Identifies user recipes that use an empty
2852 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable that you want to
2853 force remote distributed compilation on using the Icecream
2854 distributed compile support. This variable is used by the
2855 :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
2856 your ``local.conf`` file.
2857
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002858 :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002859 The base name of image output files. This variable defaults to the
2860 recipe name (``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``).
2861
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002862 :term:`IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002863 A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition
2864 when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the
2865 ``bootimg-efi`` source plugin. By default,
2866 the files are
2867 installed under the same name as the source files. To change the
2868 installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon
2869 (;). Source files need to be located in
2870 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002871 examples::
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002872
2873 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE};bz2"
2874 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE} microcode.cpio"
2875
2876 Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In
2877 this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base
2878 name of the source file path. To install files into a directory
2879 within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;).
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002880 Here are two examples::
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002881
2882 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*"
2883 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*;boot/"
2884
2885 The first example
2886 installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/boot/loader/``
2887 into the root of the target partition. The second example installs
2888 the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition.
2889
2890 You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002891 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`"
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002892 section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference
2893 material for Wic is located in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002894 ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" chapter.
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002895
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002896 :term:`IMAGE_BOOT_FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002897 A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition
2898 when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002899 ``bootimg-partition`` source plugin. By default,
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002900 the files are
2901 installed under the same name as the source files. To change the
2902 installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon
2903 (;). Source files need to be located in
2904 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002905 examples::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002906
2907 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.img uImage;kernel"
2908 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.${UBOOT_SUFFIX} ${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}"
2909
2910 Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In
2911 this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base
2912 name of the source file path. To install files into a directory
2913 within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;).
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002914 Here are two examples::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002915
2916 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*"
2917 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*;boot/"
2918
2919 The first example
2920 installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/bcm2835-bootfiles``
2921 into the root of the target partition. The second example installs
2922 the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition.
2923
2924 You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002925 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002926 section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference
2927 material for Wic is located in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002928 ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" chapter.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002929
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002930 :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002931 A list of classes that all images should inherit. You typically use
2932 this variable to specify the list of classes that register the
2933 different types of images the OpenEmbedded build system creates.
2934
2935 The default value for ``IMAGE_CLASSES`` is ``image_types``. You can
2936 set this variable in your ``local.conf`` or in a distribution
2937 configuration file.
2938
2939 For more information, see ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass`` in the
2940 :term:`Source Directory`.
2941
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002942 :term:`IMAGE_CMD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002943 Specifies the command to create the image file for a specific image
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05002944 type, which corresponds to the value set in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002945 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`, (e.g. ``ext3``,
2946 ``btrfs``, and so forth). When setting this variable, you should use
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002947 an override for the associated type. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002948
2949 IMAGE_CMD_jffs2 = "mkfs.jffs2 --root=${IMAGE_ROOTFS} \
2950 --faketime --output=${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.jffs2 \
2951 ${EXTRA_IMAGECMD}"
2952
2953 You typically do not need to set this variable unless you are adding
2954 support for a new image type. For more examples on how to set this
2955 variable, see the :ref:`image_types <ref-classes-image_types>`
2956 class file, which is ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass``.
2957
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002958 :term:`IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002959 Specifies one or more files that contain custom device tables that
2960 are passed to the ``makedevs`` command as part of creating an image.
2961 These files list basic device nodes that should be created under
2962 ``/dev`` within the image. If ``IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES`` is not set,
2963 ``files/device_table-minimal.txt`` is used, which is located by
2964 :term:`BBPATH`. For details on how you should write
2965 device table files, see ``meta/files/device_table-minimal.txt`` as an
2966 example.
2967
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002968 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002969 The primary list of features to include in an image. Typically, you
2970 configure this variable in an image recipe. Although you can use this
2971 variable from your ``local.conf`` file, which is found in the
2972 :term:`Build Directory`, best practices dictate that you do
2973 not.
2974
2975 .. note::
2976
2977 To enable extra features from outside the image recipe, use the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002978 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002979
2980 For a list of image features that ships with the Yocto Project, see
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002981 the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002982
2983 For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002984 variable, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:customizing images using custom \`\`image_features\`\` and \`\`extra_image_features\`\``"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002985 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
2986
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002987 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002988 Specifies the formats the OpenEmbedded build system uses during the
2989 build when creating the root filesystem. For example, setting
2990 ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` as follows causes the build system to create root
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002991 filesystems using two formats: ``.ext3`` and ``.tar.bz2``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002992
2993 IMAGE_FSTYPES = "ext3 tar.bz2"
2994
2995 For the complete list of supported image formats from which you can
2996 choose, see :term:`IMAGE_TYPES`.
2997
2998 .. note::
2999
3000 - If an image recipe uses the "inherit image" line and you are
3001 setting ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` inside the recipe, you must set
3002 ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` prior to using the "inherit image" line.
3003
3004 - Due to the way the OpenEmbedded build system processes this
3005 variable, you cannot update its contents by using ``_append``
3006 or ``_prepend``. You must use the ``+=`` operator to add one or
3007 more options to the ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` variable.
3008
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003009 :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003010 Used by recipes to specify the packages to install into an image
3011 through the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class. Use the
3012 ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable with care to avoid ordering issues.
3013
3014 Image recipes set ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` to specify the packages to
3015 install into an image through ``image.bbclass``. Additionally,
3016 "helper" classes such as the
3017 :ref:`core-image <ref-classes-core-image>` class exist that can
3018 take lists used with ``IMAGE_FEATURES`` and turn them into
3019 auto-generated entries in ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` in addition to its
3020 default contents.
3021
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003022 When you use this variable, it is best to use it as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003023
3024 IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " package-name"
3025
3026 Be sure to include the space
3027 between the quotation character and the start of the package name or
3028 names.
3029
3030 .. note::
3031
3032 - When working with a
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003033 :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/images:images>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003034 image, do not use the ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable to specify
3035 packages for installation. Instead, use the
3036 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` variable, which
3037 allows the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) recipe to use a
3038 fixed set of packages and not be affected by ``IMAGE_INSTALL``.
3039 For information on creating an initramfs, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003040 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003041 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
3042
3043 - Using ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` with the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003044 :ref:`+= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:appending (+=) and prepending (=+) with spaces>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003045 BitBake operator within the ``/conf/local.conf`` file or from
3046 within an image recipe is not recommended. Use of this operator
3047 in these ways can cause ordering issues. Since
3048 ``core-image.bbclass`` sets ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` to a default
3049 value using the
3050 :ref:`?= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:setting a default value (?=)>`
3051 operator, using a ``+=`` operation against ``IMAGE_INSTALL``
3052 results in unexpected behavior when used within
3053 ``conf/local.conf``. Furthermore, the same operation from
3054 within an image recipe may or may not succeed depending on the
3055 specific situation. In both these cases, the behavior is
3056 contrary to how most users expect the ``+=`` operator to work.
3057
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003058 :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003059 Specifies the list of locales to install into the image during the
3060 root filesystem construction process. The OpenEmbedded build system
3061 automatically splits locale files, which are used for localization,
3062 into separate packages. Setting the ``IMAGE_LINGUAS`` variable
3063 ensures that any locale packages that correspond to packages already
3064 selected for installation into the image are also installed. Here is
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003065 an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003066
3067 IMAGE_LINGUAS = "pt-br de-de"
3068
3069 In this example, the build system ensures any Brazilian Portuguese
3070 and German locale files that correspond to packages in the image are
3071 installed (i.e. ``*-locale-pt-br`` and ``*-locale-de-de`` as well as
3072 ``*-locale-pt`` and ``*-locale-de``, since some software packages
3073 only provide locale files by language and not by country-specific
3074 language).
3075
3076 See the :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`
3077 variable for information on generating GLIBC locales.
3078
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06003079
3080 :term:`IMAGE_LINK_NAME`
3081 The name of the output image symlink (which does not include
3082 the version part as :term:`IMAGE_NAME` does). The default value
3083 is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME` and :term:`MACHINE`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003084 variables::
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06003085
3086 IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}"
3087
3088
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003089 :term:`IMAGE_MANIFEST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003090 The manifest file for the image. This file lists all the installed
3091 packages that make up the image. The file contains package
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003092 information on a line-per-package basis as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003093
3094 packagename packagearch version
3095
3096 The :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class defines the manifest
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003097 file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003098
3099 IMAGE_MANIFEST ="${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.manifest"
3100
3101 The location is
3102 derived using the :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`
3103 and :term:`IMAGE_NAME` variables. You can find
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003104 information on how the image is created in the ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:image generation`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003105 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
3106
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003107 :term:`IMAGE_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003108 The name of the output image files minus the extension. This variable
3109 is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`,
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06003110 :term:`MACHINE`, and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003111 variables::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003112
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06003113 IMAGE_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3114
3115 :term:`IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX`
3116 Suffix used for the image output file name - defaults to ``".rootfs"``
3117 to distinguish the image file from other files created during image
3118 building; however if this suffix is redundant or not desired you can
3119 clear the value of this variable (set the value to ""). For example,
3120 this is typically cleared in initramfs image recipes.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003121
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003122 :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003123 Defines a multiplier that the build system applies to the initial
3124 image size for cases when the multiplier times the returned disk
3125 usage value for the image is greater than the sum of
3126 ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`` and ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE``. The result of
3127 the multiplier applied to the initial image size creates free disk
3128 space in the image as overhead. By default, the build process uses a
3129 multiplier of 1.3 for this variable. This default value results in
3130 30% free disk space added to the image when this method is used to
3131 determine the final generated image size. You should be aware that
3132 post install scripts and the package management system uses disk
3133 space inside this overhead area. Consequently, the multiplier does
3134 not produce an image with all the theoretical free disk space. See
3135 ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`` for information on how the build system
3136 determines the overall image size.
3137
3138 The default 30% free disk space typically gives the image enough room
3139 to boot and allows for basic post installs while still leaving a
3140 small amount of free disk space. If 30% free space is inadequate, you
3141 can increase the default value. For example, the following setting
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003142 gives you 50% free space added to the image::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003143
3144 IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR = "1.5"
3145
3146 Alternatively, you can ensure a specific amount of free disk space is
3147 added to the image by using the ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE``
3148 variable.
3149
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003150 :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003151 Defines the package type (i.e. DEB, RPM, IPK, or TAR) used by the
3152 OpenEmbedded build system. The variable is defined appropriately by
3153 the :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>`,
3154 :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>`,
3155 :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>`, or
3156 :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class.
3157
3158 .. note::
3159
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003160 The ``package_tar`` class is broken and is not supported. It is
3161 recommended that you do not use it.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003162
3163 The :ref:`populate_sdk_* <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` and
3164 :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` classes use the ``IMAGE_PKGTYPE``
3165 for packaging up images and SDKs.
3166
3167 You should not set the ``IMAGE_PKGTYPE`` manually. Rather, the
3168 variable is set indirectly through the appropriate
3169 :ref:`package_* <ref-classes-package>` class using the
3170 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` variable. The
3171 OpenEmbedded build system uses the first package type (e.g. DEB, RPM,
3172 or IPK) that appears with the variable
3173
3174 .. note::
3175
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003176 Files using the ``.tar`` format are never used as a substitute
3177 packaging format for DEB, RPM, and IPK formatted files for your image
3178 or SDK.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003179
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003180 :term:`IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003181 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
3182 system creates the final image output files. You can specify
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003183 functions separated by semicolons::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003184
3185 IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
3186
3187 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the
3188 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
3189 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
3190 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
3191 information.
3192
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003193 :term:`IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003194 Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build
3195 system creates the final image output files. You can specify
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003196 functions separated by semicolons::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003197
3198 IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
3199
3200 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the
3201 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
3202 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
3203 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
3204 information.
3205
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003206 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003207 The location of the root filesystem while it is under construction
3208 (i.e. during the :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task). This
3209 variable is not configurable. Do not change it.
3210
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003211 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_ALIGNMENT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003212 Specifies the alignment for the output image file in Kbytes. If the
3213 size of the image is not a multiple of this value, then the size is
3214 rounded up to the nearest multiple of the value. The default value is
3215 "1". See :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` for
3216 additional information.
3217
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003218 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003219 Defines additional free disk space created in the image in Kbytes. By
3220 default, this variable is set to "0". This free disk space is added
3221 to the image after the build system determines the image size as
3222 described in ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE``.
3223
3224 This variable is particularly useful when you want to ensure that a
3225 specific amount of free disk space is available on a device after an
3226 image is installed and running. For example, to be sure 5 Gbytes of
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003227 free disk space is available, set the variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003228
3229 IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "5242880"
3230
3231 For example, the Yocto Project Build Appliance specifically requests
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003232 40 Gbytes of extra space with the line::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003233
3234 IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "41943040"
3235
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003236 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003237 Defines the size in Kbytes for the generated image. The OpenEmbedded
3238 build system determines the final size for the generated image using
3239 an algorithm that takes into account the initial disk space used for
3240 the generated image, a requested size for the image, and requested
3241 additional free disk space to be added to the image. Programatically,
3242 the build system determines the final size of the generated image as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003243 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003244
3245 if (image-du * overhead) < rootfs-size:
3246 internal-rootfs-size = rootfs-size + xspace
3247 else:
3248 internal-rootfs-size = (image-du * overhead) + xspace
3249 where:
3250 image-du = Returned value of the du command on the image.
3251 overhead = IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR
3252 rootfs-size = IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE
3253 internal-rootfs-size = Initial root filesystem size before any modifications.
3254 xspace = IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE
3255
3256 See the :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR`
3257 and :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`
3258 variables for related information.
3259
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003260 :term:`IMAGE_TYPEDEP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003261 Specifies a dependency from one image type on another. Here is an
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003262 example from the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003263
3264 IMAGE_TYPEDEP_live = "ext3"
3265
3266 In the previous example, the variable ensures that when "live" is
3267 listed with the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable,
3268 the OpenEmbedded build system produces an ``ext3`` image first since
3269 one of the components of the live image is an ``ext3`` formatted
3270 partition containing the root filesystem.
3271
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003272 :term:`IMAGE_TYPES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003273 Specifies the complete list of supported image types by default:
3274
3275 - btrfs
3276 - container
3277 - cpio
3278 - cpio.gz
3279 - cpio.lz4
3280 - cpio.lzma
3281 - cpio.xz
3282 - cramfs
3283 - ext2
3284 - ext2.bz2
3285 - ext2.gz
3286 - ext2.lzma
3287 - ext3
3288 - ext3.gz
3289 - ext4
3290 - ext4.gz
3291 - f2fs
3292 - hddimg
3293 - iso
3294 - jffs2
3295 - jffs2.sum
3296 - multiubi
3297 - squashfs
3298 - squashfs-lz4
3299 - squashfs-lzo
3300 - squashfs-xz
3301 - tar
3302 - tar.bz2
3303 - tar.gz
3304 - tar.lz4
3305 - tar.xz
3306 - tar.zst
3307 - ubi
3308 - ubifs
3309 - wic
3310 - wic.bz2
3311 - wic.gz
3312 - wic.lzma
3313
3314 For more information about these types of images, see
3315 ``meta/classes/image_types*.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
3316
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06003317 :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX`
3318 Version suffix that is part of the default :term:`IMAGE_NAME` and
3319 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` values.
3320 Defaults to ``"-${DATETIME}"``, however you could set this to a
3321 version string that comes from your external build environment if
3322 desired, and this suffix would then be used consistently across
3323 the build artifacts.
3324
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003325 :term:`INC_PR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003326 Helps define the recipe revision for recipes that share a common
3327 ``include`` file. You can think of this variable as part of the
3328 recipe revision as set from within an include file.
3329
3330 Suppose, for example, you have a set of recipes that are used across
3331 several projects. And, within each of those recipes the revision (its
3332 :term:`PR` value) is set accordingly. In this case, when
3333 the revision of those recipes changes, the burden is on you to find
3334 all those recipes and be sure that they get changed to reflect the
3335 updated version of the recipe. In this scenario, it can get
3336 complicated when recipes that are used in many places and provide
3337 common functionality are upgraded to a new revision.
3338
3339 A more efficient way of dealing with this situation is to set the
3340 ``INC_PR`` variable inside the ``include`` files that the recipes
3341 share and then expand the ``INC_PR`` variable within the recipes to
3342 help define the recipe revision.
3343
3344 The following provides an example that shows how to use the
3345 ``INC_PR`` variable given a common ``include`` file that defines the
3346 variable. Once the variable is defined in the ``include`` file, you
3347 can use the variable to set the ``PR`` values in each recipe. You
3348 will notice that when you set a recipe's ``PR`` you can provide more
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003349 granular revisioning by appending values to the ``INC_PR`` variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003350
3351 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/xorg-font-common.inc:INC_PR = "r2"
3352 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/encodings_1.0.4.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.1"
3353 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-util_1.3.0.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.0"
3354 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-alias_1.0.3.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.3"
3355
3356 The
3357 first line of the example establishes the baseline revision to be
3358 used for all recipes that use the ``include`` file. The remaining
3359 lines in the example are from individual recipes and show how the
3360 ``PR`` value is set.
3361
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003362 :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003363 Specifies a space-separated list of license names (as they would
3364 appear in :term:`LICENSE`) that should be excluded
3365 from the build. Recipes that provide no alternatives to listed
3366 incompatible licenses are not built. Packages that are individually
3367 licensed with the specified incompatible licenses will be deleted.
3368
3369 .. note::
3370
3371 This functionality is only regularly tested using the following
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003372 setting::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003373
3374 INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPL-3.0 LGPL-3.0 AGPL-3.0"
3375
3376
3377 Although you can use other settings, you might be required to
3378 remove dependencies on or provide alternatives to components that
3379 are required to produce a functional system image.
3380
3381 .. note::
3382
3383 It is possible to define a list of licenses that are allowed to be
3384 used instead of the licenses that are excluded. To do this, define
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05003385 a variable ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES`` with the names of the licenses
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003386 that are allowed. Then define ``INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`` as::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003387
3388 INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "${@' '.join(sorted(set(d.getVar('AVAILABLE_LICENSES').split()) - set(d.getVar('COMPATIBLE_LICENSES').split())))}"
3389
3390
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003391 This will result in ``INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`` containing the names of
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05003392 all licenses from :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES` except the ones specified
3393 in ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES``, thus only allowing the latter licenses to
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003394 be used.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003395
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003396 :term:`INHERIT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003397 Causes the named class or classes to be inherited globally. Anonymous
3398 functions in the class or classes are not executed for the base
3399 configuration and in each individual recipe. The OpenEmbedded build
3400 system ignores changes to ``INHERIT`` in individual recipes.
3401
3402 For more information on ``INHERIT``, see the
3403 :ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:\`\`inherit\`\` configuration directive`"
3404 section in the Bitbake User Manual.
3405
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003406 :term:`INHERIT_DISTRO`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003407 Lists classes that will be inherited at the distribution level. It is
3408 unlikely that you want to edit this variable.
3409
3410 The default value of the variable is set as follows in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003411 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003412
3413 INHERIT_DISTRO ?= "debian devshell sstate license"
3414
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003415 :term:`INHIBIT_DEFAULT_DEPS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003416 Prevents the default dependencies, namely the C compiler and standard
3417 C library (libc), from being added to :term:`DEPENDS`.
3418 This variable is usually used within recipes that do not require any
3419 compilation using the C compiler.
3420
3421 Set the variable to "1" to prevent the default dependencies from
3422 being added.
3423
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003424 :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003425 Prevents the OpenEmbedded build system from splitting out debug
3426 information during packaging. By default, the build system splits out
3427 debugging information during the
3428 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. For more information on
3429 how debug information is split out, see the
3430 :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`
3431 variable.
3432
3433 To prevent the build system from splitting out debug information
3434 during packaging, set the ``INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT`` variable as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003435 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003436
3437 INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT = "1"
3438
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003439 :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003440 If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in resulting
3441 packages and prevents the ``-dbg`` package from containing the source
3442 files.
3443
3444 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries and puts
3445 the debugging symbols into ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-dbg``.
3446 Consequently, you should not set ``INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP`` when you
3447 plan to debug in general.
3448
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003449 :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003450 If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in the
3451 resulting sysroot.
3452
3453 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries in the
3454 resulting sysroot. When you specifically set the
3455 ``INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP`` variable to "1" in your recipe, you inhibit
3456 this stripping.
3457
3458 If you want to use this variable, include the
3459 :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class. This class uses a
3460 ``sys_strip()`` function to test for the variable and acts
3461 accordingly.
3462
3463 .. note::
3464
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003465 Use of the ``INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP`` variable occurs in rare and
3466 special circumstances. For example, suppose you are building
3467 bare-metal firmware by using an external GCC toolchain. Furthermore,
3468 even if the toolchain's binaries are strippable, other files exist
3469 that are needed for the build that are not strippable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003470
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003471 :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003472 Defines the format for the output image of an initial RAM filesystem
3473 (initramfs), which is used during boot. Supported formats are the
3474 same as those supported by the
3475 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable.
3476
3477 The default value of this variable, which is set in the
3478 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file in the
3479 :term:`Source Directory`, is "cpio.gz". The Linux kernel's
3480 initramfs mechanism, as opposed to the initial RAM filesystem
3481 `initrd <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Initrd>`__ mechanism, expects
3482 an optionally compressed cpio archive.
3483
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003484 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003485 Specifies the :term:`PROVIDES` name of an image
3486 recipe that is used to build an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs)
3487 image. In other words, the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` variable causes an
3488 additional recipe to be built as a dependency to whatever root
3489 filesystem recipe you might be using (e.g. ``core-image-sato``). The
3490 initramfs image recipe you provide should set
3491 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` to
3492 :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES`.
3493
3494 An initramfs image provides a temporary root filesystem used for
3495 early system initialization (e.g. loading of modules needed to locate
3496 and mount the "real" root filesystem).
3497
3498 .. note::
3499
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003500 See the ``meta/recipes-core/images/core-image-minimal-initramfs.bb``
3501 recipe in the :term:`Source Directory`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003502 for an example initramfs recipe. To select this sample recipe as
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003503 the one built to provide the initramfs image, set ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003504 to "core-image-minimal-initramfs".
3505
3506 You can also find more information by referencing the
3507 ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in
3508 the Source Directory, the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class,
3509 and the :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class to see how to use
3510 the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` variable.
3511
3512 If ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` is empty, which is the default, then no
3513 initramfs image is built.
3514
3515 For more information, you can also see the
3516 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`
3517 variable, which allows the generated image to be bundled inside the
3518 kernel image. Additionally, for information on creating an initramfs
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003519 image, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003520 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
3521
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003522 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003523 Controls whether or not the image recipe specified by
3524 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` is run through an
3525 extra pass
3526 (:ref:`ref-tasks-bundle_initramfs`) during
3527 kernel compilation in order to build a single binary that contains
3528 both the kernel image and the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs)
3529 image. This makes use of the
3530 :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` kernel
3531 feature.
3532
3533 .. note::
3534
3535 Using an extra compilation pass to bundle the initramfs avoids a
3536 circular dependency between the kernel recipe and the initramfs
3537 recipe should the initramfs include kernel modules. Should that be
3538 the case, the initramfs recipe depends on the kernel for the
3539 kernel modules, and the kernel depends on the initramfs recipe
3540 since the initramfs is bundled inside the kernel image.
3541
3542 The combined binary is deposited into the ``tmp/deploy`` directory,
3543 which is part of the :term:`Build Directory`.
3544
3545 Setting the variable to "1" in a configuration file causes the
3546 OpenEmbedded build system to generate a kernel image with the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003547 initramfs specified in ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` bundled within::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003548
3549 INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE = "1"
3550
3551 By default, the
3552 :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class sets this variable to a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003553 null string as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003554
3555 INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE ?= ""
3556
3557 .. note::
3558
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003559 You must set the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`` variable in a
3560 configuration file. You cannot set the variable in a recipe file.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003561
3562 See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003563 :yocto_git:`local.conf.sample.extended </poky/tree/meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003564 file for additional information. Also, for information on creating an
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003565 initramfs, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003566 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
3567
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003568 :term:`INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003569 The link name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is
3570 set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003571 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003572
3573 INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
3574
3575 The value of the
3576 ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003577 file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003578
3579 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
3580
3581 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
3582 information.
3583
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003584 :term:`INITRAMFS_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003585 The base name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is
3586 set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003587 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003588
3589 INITRAMFS_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
3590
3591 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003592 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003593
3594 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3595
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003596 :term:`INITRD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003597 Indicates list of filesystem images to concatenate and use as an
3598 initial RAM disk (``initrd``).
3599
3600 The ``INITRD`` variable is an optional variable used with the
3601 :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class.
3602
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003603 :term:`INITRD_IMAGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003604 When building a "live" bootable image (i.e. when
3605 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains "live"),
3606 ``INITRD_IMAGE`` specifies the image recipe that should be built to
3607 provide the initial RAM disk image. The default value is
3608 "core-image-minimal-initramfs".
3609
3610 See the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class for more
3611 information.
3612
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003613 :term:`INITSCRIPT_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003614 The filename of the initialization script as installed to
3615 ``${sysconfdir}/init.d``.
3616
3617 This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``.
3618 The variable is mandatory.
3619
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003620 :term:`INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003621 A list of the packages that contain initscripts. If multiple packages
3622 are specified, you need to append the package name to the other
3623 ``INITSCRIPT_*`` as an override.
3624
3625 This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``.
3626 The variable is optional and defaults to the :term:`PN`
3627 variable.
3628
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003629 :term:`INITSCRIPT_PARAMS`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003630 Specifies the options to pass to ``update-rc.d``. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003631
3632 INITSCRIPT_PARAMS = "start 99 5 2 . stop 20 0 1 6 ."
3633
3634 In this example, the script has a runlevel of 99, starts the script
3635 in initlevels 2 and 5, and stops the script in levels 0, 1 and 6.
3636
3637 The variable's default value is "defaults", which is set in the
3638 :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class.
3639
3640 The value in ``INITSCRIPT_PARAMS`` is passed through to the
3641 ``update-rc.d`` command. For more information on valid parameters,
3642 please see the ``update-rc.d`` manual page at
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05003643 https://manpages.debian.org/buster/init-system-helpers/update-rc.d.8.en.html
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003644
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003645 :term:`INSANE_SKIP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003646 Specifies the QA checks to skip for a specific package within a
3647 recipe. For example, to skip the check for symbolic link ``.so``
3648 files in the main package of a recipe, add the following to the
3649 recipe. The package name override must be used, which in this example
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003650 is ``${PN}``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003651
3652 INSANE_SKIP_${PN} += "dev-so"
3653
3654 See the ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section for a
3655 list of the valid QA checks you can specify using this variable.
3656
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003657 :term:`INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003658 By default, the ``tzdata`` recipe packages an ``/etc/timezone`` file.
3659 Set the ``INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE`` variable to "0" at the
3660 configuration level to disable this behavior.
3661
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003662 :term:`IPK_FEED_URIS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003663 When the IPK backend is in use and package management is enabled on
3664 the target, you can use this variable to set up ``opkg`` in the
3665 target image to point to package feeds on a nominated server. Once
3666 the feed is established, you can perform installations or upgrades
3667 using the package manager at runtime.
3668
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003669 :term:`KARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003670 Defines the kernel architecture used when assembling the
3671 configuration. Architectures supported for this release are:
3672
3673 - powerpc
3674 - i386
3675 - x86_64
3676 - arm
3677 - qemu
3678 - mips
3679
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003680 You define the ``KARCH`` variable in the :ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:bsp descriptions`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003681
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003682 :term:`KBRANCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003683 A regular expression used by the build process to explicitly identify
3684 the kernel branch that is validated, patched, and configured during a
3685 build. You must set this variable to ensure the exact kernel branch
3686 you want is being used by the build process.
3687
3688 Values for this variable are set in the kernel's recipe file and the
3689 kernel's append file. For example, if you are using the
3690 ``linux-yocto_4.12`` kernel, the kernel recipe file is the
3691 ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bb`` file. ``KBRANCH``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003692 is set as follows in that kernel recipe file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003693
3694 KBRANCH ?= "standard/base"
3695
3696 This variable is also used from the kernel's append file to identify
3697 the kernel branch specific to a particular machine or target
3698 hardware. Continuing with the previous kernel example, the kernel's
3699 append file (i.e. ``linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``) is located in the
3700 BSP layer for a given machine. For example, the append file for the
3701 Beaglebone, EdgeRouter, and generic versions of both 32 and 64-bit IA
3702 machines (``meta-yocto-bsp``) is named
3703 ``meta-yocto-bsp/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``.
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003704 Here are the related statements from that append file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003705
3706 KBRANCH_genericx86 = "standard/base"
3707 KBRANCH_genericx86-64 = "standard/base"
3708 KBRANCH_edgerouter = "standard/edgerouter"
3709 KBRANCH_beaglebone = "standard/beaglebone"
3710
3711 The ``KBRANCH`` statements
3712 identify the kernel branch to use when building for each supported
3713 BSP.
3714
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003715 :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003716 When used with the :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>`
3717 class, specifies an "in-tree" kernel configuration file for use
3718 during a kernel build.
3719
3720 Typically, when using a ``defconfig`` to configure a kernel during a
3721 build, you place the file in your layer in the same manner as you
3722 would place patch files and configuration fragment files (i.e.
3723 "out-of-tree"). However, if you want to use a ``defconfig`` file that
3724 is part of the kernel tree (i.e. "in-tree"), you can use the
3725 ``KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`` variable and append the
3726 :term:`KMACHINE` variable to point to the
3727 ``defconfig`` file.
3728
3729 To use the variable, set it in the append file for your kernel recipe
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003730 using the following form::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003731
3732 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_KMACHINE ?= defconfig_file
3733
3734 Here is an example from a "raspberrypi2" ``KMACHINE`` build that uses
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003735 a ``defconfig`` file named "bcm2709_defconfig"::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003736
3737 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_raspberrypi2 = "bcm2709_defconfig"
3738
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003739 As an alternative, you can use the following within your append file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003740
3741 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_pn-linux-yocto ?= defconfig_file
3742
3743 For more
3744 information on how to use the ``KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`` variable, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003745 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:using an "in-tree" \`\`defconfig\`\` file`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003746 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
3747
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003748 :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003749 Specifies an alternate kernel image type for creation in addition to
3750 the kernel image type specified using the
3751 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` variable.
3752
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003753 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003754 Specifies the name of all of the build artifacts. You can change the
3755 name of the artifacts by changing the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME``
3756 variable.
3757
3758 The value of ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME``, which is set in the
3759 ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file, has the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003760 following default value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003761
3762 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3763
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06003764 See the :term:`PKGE`, :term:`PKGV`, :term:`PKGR`, :term:`MACHINE`
3765 and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` variables for additional information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003766
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003767 :term:`KERNEL_CLASSES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003768 A list of classes defining kernel image types that the
3769 :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class should inherit. You
3770 typically append this variable to enable extended image types. An
3771 example is the "kernel-fitimage", which enables fitImage support and
3772 resides in ``meta/classes/kernel-fitimage.bbclass``. You can register
3773 custom kernel image types with the ``kernel`` class using this
3774 variable.
3775
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003776 :term:`KERNEL_DEVICETREE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003777 Specifies the name of the generated Linux kernel device tree (i.e.
3778 the ``.dtb``) file.
3779
3780 .. note::
3781
3782 Legacy support exists for specifying the full path to the device
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003783 tree. However, providing just the ``.dtb`` file is preferred.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003784
3785 In order to use this variable, the
3786 :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must
3787 be inherited.
3788
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003789 :term:`KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003790 The link name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable
3791 is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003792 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003793
3794 KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
3795
3796 The
3797 value of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003798 the same file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003799
3800 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
3801
3802 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
3803 information.
3804
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003805 :term:`KERNEL_DTB_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003806 The base name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable
3807 is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003808 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003809
3810 KERNEL_DTB_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
3811
3812 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003813 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003814
3815 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3816
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06003817 :term:`KERNEL_DTC_FLAGS`
3818 Specifies the ``dtc`` flags that are passed to the Linux kernel build
3819 system when generating the device trees (via ``DTC_FLAGS`` environment
3820 variable).
3821
3822 In order to use this variable, the
3823 :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must
3824 be inherited.
3825
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003826 :term:`KERNEL_EXTRA_ARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003827 Specifies additional ``make`` command-line arguments the OpenEmbedded
3828 build system passes on when compiling the kernel.
3829
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003830 :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003831 Includes additional kernel metadata. In the OpenEmbedded build
3832 system, the default Board Support Packages (BSPs)
3833 :term:`Metadata` is provided through the
3834 :term:`KMACHINE` and :term:`KBRANCH`
3835 variables. You can use the ``KERNEL_FEATURES`` variable from within
3836 the kernel recipe or kernel append file to further add metadata for
3837 all BSPs or specific BSPs.
3838
3839 The metadata you add through this variable includes config fragments
3840 and features descriptions, which usually includes patches as well as
3841 config fragments. You typically override the ``KERNEL_FEATURES``
3842 variable for a specific machine. In this way, you can provide
3843 validated, but optional, sets of kernel configurations and features.
3844
3845 For example, the following example from the ``linux-yocto-rt_4.12``
3846 kernel recipe adds "netfilter" and "taskstats" features to all BSPs
3847 as well as "virtio" configurations to all QEMU machines. The last two
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003848 statements add specific configurations to targeted machine types::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003849
3850 KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES ?= "features/netfilter/netfilter.scc features/taskstats/taskstats.scc"
3851 KERNEL_FEATURES_append = "${KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES}"
3852 KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemuall = "cfg/virtio.scc"
3853 KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86 = " cfg/sound.scc cfg/paravirt_kvm.scc"
3854 KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86-64 = "cfg/sound.scc"
3855
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003856 :term:`KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003857 The link name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This
3858 variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003859 file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003860
3861 KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
3862
3863 The value of the
3864 ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003865 file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003866
3867 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
3868
3869 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
3870 information.
3871
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003872 :term:`KERNEL_FIT_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003873 The base name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This
3874 variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003875 file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003876
3877 KERNEL_FIT_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
3878
3879 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003880 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003881
3882 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3883
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003884 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003885 The link name for the kernel image. This variable is set in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003886 ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003887
3888 KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
3889
3890 The value of
3891 the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003892 file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003893
3894 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
3895
3896 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
3897 information.
3898
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003899 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003900 Specifies the maximum size of the kernel image file in kilobytes. If
3901 ``KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`` is set, the size of the kernel image file is
3902 checked against the set value during the
3903 :ref:`ref-tasks-sizecheck` task. The task fails if
3904 the kernel image file is larger than the setting.
3905
3906 ``KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`` is useful for target devices that have a
3907 limited amount of space in which the kernel image must be stored.
3908
3909 By default, this variable is not set, which means the size of the
3910 kernel image is not checked.
3911
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003912 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003913 The base name of the kernel image. This variable is set in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003914 ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003915
3916 KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
3917
3918 The value of the
3919 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable,
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003920 which is set in the same file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003921
3922 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3923
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003924 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003925 The type of kernel to build for a device, usually set by the machine
3926 configuration files and defaults to "zImage". This variable is used
3927 when building the kernel and is passed to ``make`` as the target to
3928 build.
3929
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06003930 If you want to build an alternate kernel image type in addition to that
3931 specified by ``KERNEL_IMAGETYPE``, use the :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE`
3932 variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003933
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003934 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003935 Lists kernel modules that need to be auto-loaded during boot.
3936
3937 .. note::
3938
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003939 This variable replaces the deprecated :term:`module_autoload`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003940 variable.
3941
3942 You can use the ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` variable anywhere that it
3943 can be recognized by the kernel recipe or by an out-of-tree kernel
3944 module recipe (e.g. a machine configuration file, a distribution
3945 configuration file, an append file for the recipe, or the recipe
3946 itself).
3947
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003948 Specify it as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003949
3950 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name1 module_name2 module_name3"
3951
3952 Including ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` causes the OpenEmbedded build
3953 system to populate the ``/etc/modules-load.d/modname.conf`` file with
3954 the list of modules to be auto-loaded on boot. The modules appear
3955 one-per-line in the file. Here is an example of the most common use
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003956 case::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003957
3958 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name"
3959
3960 For information on how to populate the ``modname.conf`` file with
3961 ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` variable.
3962
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003963 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003964 Provides a list of modules for which the OpenEmbedded build system
3965 expects to find ``module_conf_``\ modname values that specify
3966 configuration for each of the modules. For information on how to
3967 provide those module configurations, see the
3968 :term:`module_conf_* <module_conf>` variable.
3969
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003970 :term:`KERNEL_PATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003971 The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value
3972 of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within
3973 the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on
3974 how this variable is used, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003975 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003976 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
3977
3978 To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build
3979 modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the
3980 :term:`KERNEL_SRC` variable, which is identical to
3981 the ``KERNEL_PATH`` variable. Both variables are common variables
3982 used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory.
3983
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003984 :term:`KERNEL_SRC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003985 The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value
3986 of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within
3987 the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on
3988 how this variable is used, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003989 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003990 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
3991
3992 To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build
3993 modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the
3994 :term:`KERNEL_PATH` variable, which is identical
3995 to the ``KERNEL_SRC`` variable. Both variables are common variables
3996 used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory.
3997
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003998 :term:`KERNEL_VERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003999 Specifies the version of the kernel as extracted from ``version.h``
4000 or ``utsrelease.h`` within the kernel sources. Effects of setting
4001 this variable do not take affect until the kernel has been
4002 configured. Consequently, attempting to refer to this variable in
4003 contexts prior to configuration will not work.
4004
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004005 :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004006 Specifies whether the data referenced through
4007 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` is needed or not. The
4008 ``KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`` does not control whether or not that data
4009 exists, but simply whether or not it is used. If you do not need to
4010 use the data, set the ``KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`` variable in your
4011 ``initramfs`` recipe. Setting the variable there when the data is not
4012 needed avoids a potential dependency loop.
4013
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004014 :term:`KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004015 Provides a short description of a configuration fragment. You use
4016 this variable in the ``.scc`` file that describes a configuration
4017 fragment file. Here is the variable used in a file named ``smp.scc``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004018 to describe SMP being enabled::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004019
4020 define KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION "Enable SMP"
4021
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004022 :term:`KMACHINE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004023 The machine as known by the kernel. Sometimes the machine name used
4024 by the kernel does not match the machine name used by the
4025 OpenEmbedded build system. For example, the machine name that the
4026 OpenEmbedded build system understands as ``core2-32-intel-common``
4027 goes by a different name in the Linux Yocto kernel. The kernel
4028 understands that machine as ``intel-core2-32``. For cases like these,
4029 the ``KMACHINE`` variable maps the kernel machine name to the
4030 OpenEmbedded build system machine name.
4031
4032 These mappings between different names occur in the Yocto Linux
4033 Kernel's ``meta`` branch. As an example take a look in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004034 ``common/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_3.19.bbappend`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004035
4036 LINUX_VERSION_core2-32-intel-common = "3.19.0"
4037 COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "${MACHINE}"
4038 SRCREV_meta_core2-32-intel-common = "8897ef68b30e7426bc1d39895e71fb155d694974"
4039 SRCREV_machine_core2-32-intel-common = "43b9eced9ba8a57add36af07736344dcc383f711"
4040 KMACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "intel-core2-32"
4041 KBRANCH_core2-32-intel-common = "standard/base"
4042 KERNEL_FEATURES_append_core2-32-intel-common = "${KERNEL_FEATURES_INTEL_COMMON}"
4043
4044 The ``KMACHINE`` statement says
4045 that the kernel understands the machine name as "intel-core2-32".
4046 However, the OpenEmbedded build system understands the machine as
4047 "core2-32-intel-common".
4048
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004049 :term:`KTYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004050 Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration.
4051 The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt"
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004052 kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:kernel types`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004053 section in the
4054 Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on
4055 kernel types.
4056
4057 You define the ``KTYPE`` variable in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004058 :ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:bsp descriptions`. The
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004059 value you use must match the value used for the
4060 :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` value used by the
4061 kernel recipe.
4062
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004063 :term:`LABELS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004064 Provides a list of targets for automatic configuration.
4065
4066 See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
4067 information on how this variable is used.
4068
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004069 :term:`LAYERDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004070 Lists the layers, separated by spaces, on which this recipe depends.
4071 Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a dependency
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004072 by adding it to the end of the layer name. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004073
4074 LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)"
4075
4076 In this previous example,
4077 version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared against
4078 :term:`LAYERVERSION`\ ``_anotherlayer``.
4079
4080 An error is produced if any dependency is missing or the version
4081 numbers (if specified) do not match exactly. This variable is used in
4082 the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the name of
4083 the specific layer (e.g. ``LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer``).
4084
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004085 :term:`LAYERDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004086 When used inside the ``layer.conf`` configuration file, this variable
4087 provides the path of the current layer. This variable is not
4088 available outside of ``layer.conf`` and references are expanded
4089 immediately when parsing of the file completes.
4090
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004091 :term:`LAYERRECOMMENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004092 Lists the layers, separated by spaces, recommended for use with this
4093 layer.
4094
4095 Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a
4096 recommendation by adding the version to the end of the layer name.
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004097 Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004098
4099 LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)"
4100
4101 In this previous example, version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared
4102 against ``LAYERVERSION_anotherlayer``.
4103
4104 This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be
4105 suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g.
4106 ``LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer``).
4107
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004108 :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004109 Lists the versions of the :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` for which
4110 a layer is compatible. Using the ``LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`` variable
4111 allows the layer maintainer to indicate which combinations of the
4112 layer and OE-Core can be expected to work. The variable gives the
4113 system a way to detect when a layer has not been tested with new
4114 releases of OE-Core (e.g. the layer is not maintained).
4115
4116 To specify the OE-Core versions for which a layer is compatible, use
4117 this variable in your layer's ``conf/layer.conf`` configuration file.
4118 For the list, use the Yocto Project
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004119 :yocto_wiki:`Release Name </Releases>` (e.g.
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06004120 &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;). To specify multiple OE-Core versions for the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004121 layer, use a space-separated list::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004122
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06004123 LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_layer_root_name = "&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP_MINUS_ONE;"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004124
4125 .. note::
4126
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004127 Setting ``LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`` is required by the Yocto Project
4128 Compatible version 2 standard.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004129 The OpenEmbedded build system produces a warning if the variable
4130 is not set for any given layer.
4131
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004132 See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating your own layer`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004133 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4134
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004135 :term:`LAYERVERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004136 Optionally specifies the version of a layer as a single number. You
4137 can use this within :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` for
4138 another layer in order to depend on a specific version of the layer.
4139 This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be
4140 suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g.
4141 ``LAYERVERSION_mylayer``).
4142
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004143 :term:`LD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004144 The minimal command and arguments used to run the linker.
4145
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004146 :term:`LDFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004147 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker. This variable is exported
4148 to an environment variable and thus made visible to the software
4149 being built during the compilation step.
4150
4151 Default initialization for ``LDFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
4152 being built:
4153
4154 - :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` when building for the
4155 target
4156
4157 - :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS` when building for the
4158 build host (i.e. ``-native``)
4159
4160 - :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS` when building for
4161 an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
4162
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004163 :term:`LEAD_SONAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004164 Specifies the lead (or primary) compiled library file (i.e. ``.so``)
4165 that the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class applies its
4166 naming policy to given a recipe that packages multiple libraries.
4167
4168 This variable works in conjunction with the ``debian`` class.
4169
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004170 :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004171 Checksums of the license text in the recipe source code.
4172
4173 This variable tracks changes in license text of the source code
4174 files. If the license text is changed, it will trigger a build
4175 failure, which gives the developer an opportunity to review any
4176 license change.
4177
4178 This variable must be defined for all recipes (unless
4179 :term:`LICENSE` is set to "CLOSED").
4180
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004181 For more information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:tracking license changes`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004182 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4183
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004184 :term:`LICENSE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004185 The list of source licenses for the recipe. Follow these rules:
4186
4187 - Do not use spaces within individual license names.
4188
4189 - Separate license names using \| (pipe) when there is a choice
4190 between licenses.
4191
4192 - Separate license names using & (ampersand) when multiple licenses
4193 exist that cover different parts of the source.
4194
4195 - You can use spaces between license names.
4196
4197 - For standard licenses, use the names of the files in
4198 ``meta/files/common-licenses/`` or the
4199 :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` flag names defined in
4200 ``meta/conf/licenses.conf``.
4201
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004202 Here are some examples::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004203
4204 LICENSE = "LGPLv2.1 | GPLv3"
4205 LICENSE = "MPL-1 & LGPLv2.1"
4206 LICENSE = "GPLv2+"
4207
4208 The first example is from the
4209 recipes for Qt, which the user may choose to distribute under either
4210 the LGPL version 2.1 or GPL version 3. The second example is from
4211 Cairo where two licenses cover different parts of the source code.
4212 The final example is from ``sysstat``, which presents a single
4213 license.
4214
4215 You can also specify licenses on a per-package basis to handle
4216 situations where components of the output have different licenses.
4217 For example, a piece of software whose code is licensed under GPLv2
4218 but has accompanying documentation licensed under the GNU Free
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004219 Documentation License 1.2 could be specified as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004220
4221 LICENSE = "GFDL-1.2 & GPLv2"
4222 LICENSE_${PN} = "GPLv2"
4223 LICENSE_${PN}-doc = "GFDL-1.2"
4224
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004225 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004226 Setting ``LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE`` to "1" causes the OpenEmbedded
4227 build system to create an extra package (i.e.
4228 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-lic``) for each recipe and to add
4229 those packages to the
4230 :term:`RRECOMMENDS`\ ``_${PN}``.
4231
4232 The ``${PN}-lic`` package installs a directory in
4233 ``/usr/share/licenses`` named ``${PN}``, which is the recipe's base
4234 name, and installs files in that directory that contain license and
4235 copyright information (i.e. copies of the appropriate license files
4236 from ``meta/common-licenses`` that match the licenses specified in
4237 the :term:`LICENSE` variable of the recipe metadata
4238 and copies of files marked in
4239 :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` as containing
4240 license text).
4241
4242 For related information on providing license text, see the
4243 :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` variable, the
4244 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, and the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004245 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004246 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4247
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004248 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004249 Specifies additional flags for a recipe you must whitelist through
4250 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST` in
4251 order to allow the recipe to be built. When providing multiple flags,
4252 separate them with spaces.
4253
4254 This value is independent of :term:`LICENSE` and is
4255 typically used to mark recipes that might require additional licenses
4256 in order to be used in a commercial product. For more information,
4257 see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004258 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004259 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4260
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004261 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004262 Lists license flags that when specified in
4263 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS` within a recipe should not
4264 prevent that recipe from being built. This practice is otherwise
4265 known as "whitelisting" license flags. For more information, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004266 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004267 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4268
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004269 :term:`LICENSE_PATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004270 Path to additional licenses used during the build. By default, the
4271 OpenEmbedded build system uses ``COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`` to define the
4272 directory that holds common license text used during the build. The
4273 ``LICENSE_PATH`` variable allows you to extend that location to other
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004274 areas that have additional licenses::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004275
4276 LICENSE_PATH += "path-to-additional-common-licenses"
4277
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004278 :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004279 Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration.
4280 The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt"
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004281 kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:kernel types`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004282 section in the
4283 Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on
4284 kernel types.
4285
4286 If you do not specify a ``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE``, it defaults to
4287 "standard". Together with :term:`KMACHINE`, the
4288 ``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`` variable defines the search arguments used by
4289 the kernel tools to find the appropriate description within the
4290 kernel :term:`Metadata` with which to build out the sources
4291 and configuration.
4292
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004293 :term:`LINUX_VERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004294 The Linux version from ``kernel.org`` on which the Linux kernel image
4295 being built using the OpenEmbedded build system is based. You define
4296 this variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the
4297 ``linux-yocto-3.4.bb`` kernel recipe found in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004298 ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux`` defines the variables as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004299
4300 LINUX_VERSION ?= "3.4.24"
4301
4302 The ``LINUX_VERSION`` variable is used to define :term:`PV`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004303 for the recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004304
4305 PV = "${LINUX_VERSION}+git${SRCPV}"
4306
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004307 :term:`LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004308 A string extension compiled into the version string of the Linux
4309 kernel built with the OpenEmbedded build system. You define this
4310 variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the linux-yocto kernel
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004311 recipes all define the variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004312
4313 LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION ?= "-yocto-${LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE}"
4314
4315 Defining this variable essentially sets the Linux kernel
4316 configuration item ``CONFIG_LOCALVERSION``, which is visible through
4317 the ``uname`` command. Here is an example that shows the extension
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004318 assuming it was set as previously shown::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004319
4320 $ uname -r
4321 3.7.0-rc8-custom
4322
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004323 :term:`LOG_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004324 Specifies the directory to which the OpenEmbedded build system writes
4325 overall log files. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/log``.
4326
4327 For the directory containing logs specific to each task, see the
4328 :term:`T` variable.
4329
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004330 :term:`MACHINE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004331 Specifies the target device for which the image is built. You define
4332 ``MACHINE`` in the ``local.conf`` file found in the
4333 :term:`Build Directory`. By default, ``MACHINE`` is set to
4334 "qemux86", which is an x86-based architecture machine to be emulated
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004335 using QEMU::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004336
4337 MACHINE ?= "qemux86"
4338
4339 The variable corresponds to a machine configuration file of the same
4340 name, through which machine-specific configurations are set. Thus,
4341 when ``MACHINE`` is set to "qemux86" there exists the corresponding
4342 ``qemux86.conf`` machine configuration file, which can be found in
4343 the :term:`Source Directory` in
4344 ``meta/conf/machine``.
4345
4346 The list of machines supported by the Yocto Project as shipped
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004347 include the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004348
4349 MACHINE ?= "qemuarm"
4350 MACHINE ?= "qemuarm64"
4351 MACHINE ?= "qemumips"
4352 MACHINE ?= "qemumips64"
4353 MACHINE ?= "qemuppc"
4354 MACHINE ?= "qemux86"
4355 MACHINE ?= "qemux86-64"
4356 MACHINE ?= "genericx86"
4357 MACHINE ?= "genericx86-64"
4358 MACHINE ?= "beaglebone"
4359 MACHINE ?= "edgerouter"
4360
4361 The last five are Yocto Project reference hardware
4362 boards, which are provided in the ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer.
4363
4364 .. note::
4365
4366 Adding additional Board Support Package (BSP) layers to your
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004367 configuration adds new possible settings for ``MACHINE``.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004368
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004369 :term:`MACHINE_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004370 Specifies the name of the machine-specific architecture. This
4371 variable is set automatically from :term:`MACHINE` or
4372 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH`. You should not hand-edit
4373 the ``MACHINE_ARCH`` variable.
4374
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004375 :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004376 A list of required machine-specific packages to install as part of
4377 the image being built. The build process depends on these packages
4378 being present. Furthermore, because this is a "machine-essential"
4379 variable, the list of packages are essential for the machine to boot.
4380 The impact of this variable affects images based on
4381 ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal``
4382 image.
4383
4384 This variable is similar to the
4385 ``MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`` variable with the exception
4386 that the image being built has a build dependency on the variable's
4387 list of packages. In other words, the image will not build if a file
4388 in this list is not found.
4389
4390 As an example, suppose the machine for which you are building
4391 requires ``example-init`` to be run during boot to initialize the
4392 hardware. In this case, you would use the following in the machine's
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004393 ``.conf`` configuration file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004394
4395 MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "example-init"
4396
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004397 :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004398 A list of recommended machine-specific packages to install as part of
4399 the image being built. The build process does not depend on these
4400 packages being present. However, because this is a
4401 "machine-essential" variable, the list of packages are essential for
4402 the machine to boot. The impact of this variable affects images based
4403 on ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal``
4404 image.
4405
4406 This variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS``
4407 variable with the exception that the image being built does not have
4408 a build dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other
4409 words, the image will still build if a package in this list is not
4410 found. Typically, this variable is used to handle essential kernel
4411 modules, whose functionality may be selected to be built into the
4412 kernel rather than as a module, in which case a package will not be
4413 produced.
4414
4415 Consider an example where you have a custom kernel where a specific
4416 touchscreen driver is required for the machine to be usable. However,
4417 the driver can be built as a module or into the kernel depending on
4418 the kernel configuration. If the driver is built as a module, you
4419 want it to be installed. But, when the driver is built into the
4420 kernel, you still want the build to succeed. This variable sets up a
4421 "recommends" relationship so that in the latter case, the build will
4422 not fail due to the missing package. To accomplish this, assuming the
4423 package for the module was called ``kernel-module-ab123``, you would
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004424 use the following in the machine's ``.conf`` configuration file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004425
4426 MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-ab123"
4427
4428 .. note::
4429
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004430 In this example, the ``kernel-module-ab123`` recipe needs to
4431 explicitly set its :term:`PACKAGES` variable to ensure that BitBake
4432 does not use the kernel recipe's :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variable to
4433 satisfy the dependency.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004434
4435 Some examples of these machine essentials are flash, screen,
4436 keyboard, mouse, or touchscreen drivers (depending on the machine).
4437
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004438 :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004439 A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image
4440 being built that are not essential for the machine to boot. However,
4441 the build process for more fully-featured images depends on the
4442 packages being present.
4443
4444 This variable affects all images based on ``packagegroup-base``,
4445 which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or
4446 ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images.
4447
4448 The variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`` variable
4449 with the exception that the image being built has a build dependency
4450 on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the image will
4451 not build if a file in this list is not found.
4452
4453 An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential
4454 for the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a
4455 more fully-featured image, you want to enable the WiFi. The package
4456 containing the firmware for the WiFi hardware is always expected to
4457 exist, so it is acceptable for the build process to depend upon
4458 finding the package. In this case, assuming the package for the
4459 firmware was called ``wifidriver-firmware``, you would use the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004460 following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004461
4462 MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "wifidriver-firmware"
4463
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004464 :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004465 A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image
4466 being built that are not essential for booting the machine. The image
4467 being built has no build dependency on this list of packages.
4468
4469 This variable affects only images based on ``packagegroup-base``,
4470 which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or
4471 ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images.
4472
4473 This variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`` variable
4474 with the exception that the image being built does not have a build
4475 dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the
4476 image will build if a file in this list is not found.
4477
4478 An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential
4479 For the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a
4480 more fully-featured image, you want to enable WiFi. In this case, the
4481 package containing the WiFi kernel module will not be produced if the
4482 WiFi driver is built into the kernel, in which case you still want
4483 the build to succeed instead of failing as a result of the package
4484 not being found. To accomplish this, assuming the package for the
4485 module was called ``kernel-module-examplewifi``, you would use the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004486 following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004487
4488 MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-examplewifi"
4489
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004490 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004491 Specifies the list of hardware features the
4492 :term:`MACHINE` is capable of supporting. For related
4493 information on enabling features, see the
4494 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`,
4495 :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES`, and
4496 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variables.
4497
4498 For a list of hardware features supported by the Yocto Project as
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004499 shipped, see the ":ref:`ref-features-machine`" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004500
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004501 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004502 Features to be added to ``MACHINE_FEATURES`` if not also present in
4503 ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED``.
4504
4505 This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is
4506 not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference
4507 the variable to see which machine features are being backfilled for
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004508 all machine configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`"
4509 section for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004510
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004511 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004512 Features from ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL`` that should not be
4513 backfilled (i.e. added to ``MACHINE_FEATURES``) during the build. See
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004514 the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004515
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004516 :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004517 A colon-separated list of overrides that apply to the current
4518 machine. By default, this list includes the value of
4519 :term:`MACHINE`.
4520
4521 You can extend ``MACHINEOVERRIDES`` to add extra overrides that
4522 should apply to a machine. For example, all machines emulated in QEMU
4523 (e.g. ``qemuarm``, ``qemux86``, and so forth) include a file named
4524 ``meta/conf/machine/include/qemu.inc`` that prepends the following
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004525 override to ``MACHINEOVERRIDES``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004526
4527 MACHINEOVERRIDES =. "qemuall:"
4528
4529 This
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004530 override allows variables to be overridden for all machines emulated
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004531 in QEMU, like in the following example from the ``connman-conf``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004532 recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004533
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004534 SRC_URI_append_qemuall = " file://wired.config \
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004535 file://wired-setup \
4536 "
4537
4538 The underlying mechanism behind
4539 ``MACHINEOVERRIDES`` is simply that it is included in the default
4540 value of :term:`OVERRIDES`.
4541
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004542 :term:`MAINTAINER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004543 The email address of the distribution maintainer.
4544
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05004545 :term:`METADATA_BRANCH`
4546 The branch currently checked out for the OpenEmbedded-Core layer (path
4547 determined by :term:`COREBASE`).
4548
4549 :term:`METADATA_REVISION`
4550 The revision currently checked out for the OpenEmbedded-Core layer (path
4551 determined by :term:`COREBASE`).
4552
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004553 :term:`MIRRORS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004554 Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system
4555 gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it
4556 first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the
4557 build system tries locations defined by
4558 :term:`PREMIRRORS`, the upstream source, and then
4559 locations specified by ``MIRRORS`` in that order.
4560
4561 Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky",
4562 the default value for ``MIRRORS`` is defined in the
4563 ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository.
4564
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004565 :term:`MLPREFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004566 Specifies a prefix has been added to :term:`PN` to create a
4567 special version of a recipe or package (i.e. a Multilib version). The
4568 variable is used in places where the prefix needs to be added to or
4569 removed from a the name (e.g. the :term:`BPN` variable).
4570 ``MLPREFIX`` gets set when a prefix has been added to ``PN``.
4571
4572 .. note::
4573
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004574 The "ML" in ``MLPREFIX`` stands for "MultiLib". This representation is
4575 historical and comes from a time when ``nativesdk`` was a suffix
4576 rather than a prefix on the recipe name. When ``nativesdk`` was turned
4577 into a prefix, it made sense to set ``MLPREFIX`` for it as well.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004578
4579 To help understand when ``MLPREFIX`` might be needed, consider when
4580 :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` is used to provide a
4581 ``nativesdk`` version of a recipe in addition to the target version.
4582 If that recipe declares build-time dependencies on tasks in other
4583 recipes by using :term:`DEPENDS`, then a dependency on
4584 "foo" will automatically get rewritten to a dependency on
4585 "nativesdk-foo". However, dependencies like the following will not
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004586 get rewritten automatically::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004587
4588 do_foo[depends] += "recipe:do_foo"
4589
4590 If you want such a dependency to also get transformed, you can do the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004591 following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004592
4593 do_foo[depends] += "${MLPREFIX}recipe:do_foo"
4594
4595 module_autoload
4596 This variable has been replaced by the ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD``
4597 variable. You should replace all occurrences of ``module_autoload``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004598 with additions to ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD``, for example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004599
4600 module_autoload_rfcomm = "rfcomm"
4601
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004602 should now be replaced with::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004603
4604 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "rfcomm"
4605
4606 See the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable for more information.
4607
4608 module_conf
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06004609 Specifies `modprobe.d <https://linux.die.net/man/5/modprobe.d>`_
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004610 syntax lines for inclusion in the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf``
4611 file.
4612
4613 You can use this variable anywhere that it can be recognized by the
4614 kernel recipe or out-of-tree kernel module recipe (e.g. a machine
4615 configuration file, a distribution configuration file, an append file
4616 for the recipe, or the recipe itself). If you use this variable, you
4617 must also be sure to list the module name in the
4618 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`
4619 variable.
4620
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004621 Here is the general syntax::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004622
4623 module_conf_module_name = "modprobe.d-syntax"
4624
4625 You must use the kernel module name override.
4626
4627 Run ``man modprobe.d`` in the shell to find out more information on
4628 the exact syntax you want to provide with ``module_conf``.
4629
4630 Including ``module_conf`` causes the OpenEmbedded build system to
4631 populate the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` file with
4632 ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines. Here is an example that adds the options
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004633 ``arg1`` and ``arg2`` to a module named ``mymodule``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004634
4635 module_conf_mymodule = "options mymodule arg1=val1 arg2=val2"
4636
4637 For information on how to specify kernel modules to auto-load on
4638 boot, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable.
4639
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004640 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_DEPLOY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004641 Controls creation of the ``modules-*.tgz`` file. Set this variable to
4642 "0" to disable creation of this file, which contains all of the
4643 kernel modules resulting from a kernel build.
4644
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004645 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004646 The link name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004647 the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004648
4649 MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
4650
4651 The value
4652 of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004653 same file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004654
4655 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
4656
4657 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional information.
4658
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004659 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004660 The base name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004661 the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004662
4663 MODULE_TARBALL_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
4664
4665 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable,
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004666 which is set in the same file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004667
4668 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
4669
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004670 :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004671 Uniquely identifies the type of the target system for which packages
4672 are being built. This variable allows output for different types of
4673 target systems to be put into different subdirectories of the same
4674 output directory.
4675
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004676 The default value of this variable is::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004677
4678 ${PACKAGE_ARCH}${TARGET_VENDOR}-${TARGET_OS}
4679
4680 Some classes (e.g.
4681 :ref:`cross-canadian <ref-classes-cross-canadian>`) modify the
4682 ``MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`` value.
4683
4684 See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example. See the
4685 :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` variable for more information.
4686
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004687 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004688 A string identifying the host distribution. Strings consist of the
4689 host distributor ID followed by the release, as reported by the
4690 ``lsb_release`` tool or as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. For
4691 example, when running a build on Ubuntu 12.10, the value is
4692 "Ubuntu-12.10". If this information is unable to be determined, the
4693 value resolves to "Unknown".
4694
4695 This variable is used by default to isolate native shared state
4696 packages for different distributions (e.g. to avoid problems with
4697 ``glibc`` version incompatibilities). Additionally, the variable is
4698 checked against
4699 :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` if that
4700 variable is set.
4701
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004702 :term:`NM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004703 The minimal command and arguments to run ``nm``.
4704
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004705 :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004706 Avoids QA errors when you use a non-common, non-CLOSED license in a
4707 recipe. Packages exist, such as the linux-firmware package, with many
4708 licenses that are not in any way common. Also, new licenses are added
4709 occasionally to avoid introducing a lot of common license files,
4710 which are only applicable to a specific package.
4711 ``NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`` is used to allow copying a license that does
4712 not exist in common licenses.
4713
4714 The following example shows how to add ``NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`` to a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004715 recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004716
4717 NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[license_name] = "license_file_in_fetched_source"
4718
4719 The following is an example that
4720 uses the ``LICENSE.Abilis.txt`` file as the license from the fetched
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004721 source::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004722
4723 NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[Firmware-Abilis] = "LICENSE.Abilis.txt"
4724
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004725 :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004726 Prevents installation of all "recommended-only" packages.
4727 Recommended-only packages are packages installed only through the
4728 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable). Setting the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004729 ``NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`` variable to "1" turns this feature on::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004730
4731 NO_RECOMMENDATIONS = "1"
4732
4733 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
4734 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004735 override::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004736
4737 NO_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "1"
4738
4739 It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages
4740 using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them
4741 (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS`
4742 variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and
4743 will install the packages to avoid dependency errors.
4744
4745 .. note::
4746
4747 Some recommended packages might be required for certain system
4748 functionality, such as kernel modules. It is up to you to add
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004749 packages with the :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004750
4751 Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM
4752 packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB.
4753
4754 See the :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` and
4755 the :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for
4756 related information.
4757
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004758 :term:`NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004759 Disables auto package from splitting ``.debug`` files. If a recipe
4760 requires ``FILES_${PN}-dbg`` to be set manually, the
4761 ``NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG`` can be defined allowing you to define the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004762 content of the debug package. For example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004763
4764 NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG = "1"
4765 FILES_${PN}-dev = "${includedir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/Qt/*"
4766 FILES_${PN}-dbg = "/usr/src/debug/"
4767 FILES_${QT_BASE_NAME}-demos-doc = "${docdir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/qch/qt.qch"
4768
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004769 :term:`OBJCOPY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004770 The minimal command and arguments to run ``objcopy``.
4771
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004772 :term:`OBJDUMP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004773 The minimal command and arguments to run ``objdump``.
4774
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004775 :term:`OE_BINCONFIG_EXTRA_MANGLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004776 When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class,
4777 this variable specifies additional arguments passed to the "sed"
4778 command. The sed command alters any paths in configuration scripts
4779 that have been set up during compilation. Inheriting this class
4780 results in all paths in these scripts being changed to point into the
4781 ``sysroots/`` directory so that all builds that use the script will
4782 use the correct directories for the cross compiling layout.
4783
4784 See the ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the
4785 :term:`Source Directory` for details on how this class
4786 applies these additional sed command arguments. For general
4787 information on the ``binconfig`` class, see the
4788 ":ref:`binconfig.bbclass <ref-classes-binconfig>`" section.
4789
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004790 :term:`OE_IMPORTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004791 An internal variable used to tell the OpenEmbedded build system what
4792 Python modules to import for every Python function run by the system.
4793
4794 .. note::
4795
4796 Do not set this variable. It is for internal use only.
4797
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004798 :term:`OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004799 The name of the build environment setup script for the purposes of
4800 setting up the environment within the extensible SDK. The default
4801 value is "oe-init-build-env".
4802
4803 If you use a custom script to set up your build environment, set the
4804 ``OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT`` variable to its name.
4805
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004806 :term:`OE_TERMINAL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004807 Controls how the OpenEmbedded build system spawns interactive
4808 terminals on the host development system (e.g. using the BitBake
4809 command with the ``-c devshell`` command-line option). For more
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004810 information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:using a development shell`" section in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004811 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4812
4813 You can use the following values for the ``OE_TERMINAL`` variable:
4814
4815 - auto
4816 - gnome
4817 - xfce
4818 - rxvt
4819 - screen
4820 - konsole
4821 - none
4822
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004823 :term:`OEROOT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004824 The directory from which the top-level build environment setup script
4825 is sourced. The Yocto Project provides a top-level build environment
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004826 setup script: :ref:`structure-core-script`. When you run this
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004827 script, the ``OEROOT`` variable resolves to the directory that
4828 contains the script.
4829
4830 For additional information on how this variable is used, see the
4831 initialization script.
4832
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004833 :term:`OLDEST_KERNEL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004834 Declares the oldest version of the Linux kernel that the produced
4835 binaries must support. This variable is passed into the build of the
4836 Embedded GNU C Library (``glibc``).
4837
4838 The default for this variable comes from the
4839 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. You can override this
4840 default by setting the variable in a custom distribution
4841 configuration file.
4842
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004843 :term:`OVERRIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004844 A colon-separated list of overrides that currently apply. Overrides
4845 are a BitBake mechanism that allows variables to be selectively
4846 overridden at the end of parsing. The set of overrides in
4847 ``OVERRIDES`` represents the "state" during building, which includes
4848 the current recipe being built, the machine for which it is being
4849 built, and so forth.
4850
4851 As an example, if the string "an-override" appears as an element in
4852 the colon-separated list in ``OVERRIDES``, then the following
4853 assignment will override ``FOO`` with the value "overridden" at the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004854 end of parsing::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004855
4856 FOO_an-override = "overridden"
4857
4858 See the
4859 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`"
4860 section in the BitBake User Manual for more information on the
4861 overrides mechanism.
4862
4863 The default value of ``OVERRIDES`` includes the values of the
4864 :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE`,
4865 :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`, and
4866 :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` variables. Another
4867 important override included by default is ``pn-${PN}``. This override
4868 allows variables to be set for a single recipe within configuration
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004869 (``.conf``) files. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004870
4871 FOO_pn-myrecipe = "myrecipe-specific value"
4872
4873 .. note::
4874
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004875 An easy way to see what overrides apply is to search for ``OVERRIDES``
4876 in the output of the ``bitbake -e`` command. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004877 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:viewing variable values`" section in the Yocto
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004878 Project Development Tasks Manual for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004879
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004880 :term:`P`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004881 The recipe name and version. ``P`` is comprised of the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004882
4883 ${PN}-${PV}
4884
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004885 :term:`PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA`
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05004886 This variable defines additional metadata to add to packages.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004887
4888 You may find you need to inject additional metadata into packages.
4889 This variable allows you to do that by setting the injected data as
4890 the value. Multiple fields can be added by splitting the content with
4891 the literal separator "\n".
4892
4893 The suffixes '_IPK', '_DEB', or '_RPM' can be applied to the variable
4894 to do package type specific settings. It can also be made package
4895 specific by using the package name as a suffix.
4896
4897 You can find out more about applying this variable in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004898 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:adding custom metadata to packages`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004899 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4900
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004901 :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004902 The architecture of the resulting package or packages.
4903
4904 By default, the value of this variable is set to
4905 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` when building for the
4906 target, :term:`BUILD_ARCH` when building for the
4907 build host, and "${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}" when building for the
4908 SDK.
4909
4910 .. note::
4911
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004912 See :term:`SDK_ARCH` for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004913
4914 However, if your recipe's output packages are built specific to the
4915 target machine rather than generally for the architecture of the
4916 machine, you should set ``PACKAGE_ARCH`` to the value of
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004917 :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` in the recipe as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004918
4919 PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}"
4920
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004921 :term:`PACKAGE_ARCHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004922 Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the target machine.
4923 This variable is set automatically and should not normally be
4924 hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order
4925 of priority. The default value for ``PACKAGE_ARCHS`` is "all any
4926 noarch ${PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS} ${MACHINE_ARCH}".
4927
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004928 :term:`PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004929 Enables easily adding packages to ``PACKAGES`` before ``${PN}`` so
4930 that those added packages can pick up files that would normally be
4931 included in the default package.
4932
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004933 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004934 This variable, which is set in the ``local.conf`` configuration file
4935 found in the ``conf`` folder of the
4936 :term:`Build Directory`, specifies the package manager the
4937 OpenEmbedded build system uses when packaging data.
4938
4939 You can provide one or more of the following arguments for the
4940 variable: PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_rpm package_deb package_ipk
4941 package_tar"
4942
4943 .. note::
4944
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004945 While it is a legal option, the ``package_tar``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004946 class has limited functionality due to no support for package
4947 dependencies by that backend. Therefore, it is recommended that
4948 you do not use it.
4949
4950 The build system uses only the first argument in the list as the
4951 package manager when creating your image or SDK. However, packages
4952 will be created using any additional packaging classes you specify.
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004953 For example, if you use the following in your ``local.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004954
4955 PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_ipk"
4956
4957 The OpenEmbedded build system uses
4958 the IPK package manager to create your image or SDK.
4959
4960 For information on packaging and build performance effects as a
4961 result of the package manager in use, see the
4962 ":ref:`package.bbclass <ref-classes-package>`" section.
4963
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004964 :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004965 Determines how to split up the binary and debug information when
4966 creating ``*-dbg`` packages to be used with the GNU Project Debugger
4967 (GDB).
4968
4969 With the ``PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`` variable, you can control
4970 where debug information, which can include or exclude source files,
4971 is stored:
4972
4973 - ".debug": Debug symbol files are placed next to the binary in a
4974 ``.debug`` directory on the target. For example, if a binary is
4975 installed into ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbol files are
4976 installed in ``/bin/.debug``. Source files are placed in
4977 ``/usr/src/debug``.
4978
4979 - "debug-file-directory": Debug symbol files are placed under
4980 ``/usr/lib/debug`` on the target, and separated by the path from
4981 where the binary is installed. For example, if a binary is
4982 installed in ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbols are
4983 installed in ``/usr/lib/debug/bin``. Source files are placed in
4984 ``/usr/src/debug``.
4985
4986 - "debug-without-src": The same behavior as ".debug" previously
4987 described with the exception that no source files are installed.
4988
4989 - "debug-with-srcpkg": The same behavior as ".debug" previously
4990 described with the exception that all source files are placed in a
4991 separate ``*-src`` pkg. This is the default behavior.
4992
4993 You can find out more about debugging using GDB by reading the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004994 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging with the gnu project debugger (gdb) remotely`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004995 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4996
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004997 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004998 Prevents specific packages from being installed when you are
4999 installing complementary packages.
5000
5001 You might find that you want to prevent installing certain packages
5002 when you are installing complementary packages. For example, if you
5003 are using :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` to install
5004 ``dev-pkgs``, you might not want to install all packages from a
5005 particular multilib. If you find yourself in this situation, you can
5006 use the ``PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY`` variable to specify regular
5007 expressions to match the packages you want to exclude.
5008
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005009 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005010 Lists packages that should not be installed into an image. For
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005011 example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005012
5013 PACKAGE_EXCLUDE = "package_name package_name package_name ..."
5014
5015 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
5016 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005017 override::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005018
5019 PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_pn-target_image = "package_name"
5020
5021 If you choose to not install a package using this variable and some
5022 other package is dependent on it (i.e. listed in a recipe's
5023 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable), the OpenEmbedded build
5024 system generates a fatal installation error. Because the build system
5025 halts the process with a fatal error, you can use the variable with
5026 an iterative development process to remove specific components from a
5027 system.
5028
5029 Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM
5030 packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB.
5031
5032 See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the
5033 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` variables for
5034 related information.
5035
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005036 :term:`PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005037 Specifies the list of architectures compatible with the device CPU.
5038 This variable is useful when you build for several different devices
5039 that use miscellaneous processors such as XScale and ARM926-EJS.
5040
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005041 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005042 Optionally specifies the package architectures used as part of the
5043 package feed URIs during the build. When used, the
5044 ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variable is appended to the final package feed
5045 URI, which is constructed using the
5046 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` and
5047 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`
5048 variables.
5049
5050 .. note::
5051
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06005052 You can use the ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005053 variable to whitelist specific package architectures. If you do
5054 not need to whitelist specific architectures, which is a common
5055 case, you can omit this variable. Omitting the variable results in
5056 all available architectures for the current machine being included
5057 into remote package feeds.
5058
5059 Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
5060 ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005061 defined in your ``local.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005062
5063 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
5064 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
5065 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
5066 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
5067
5068 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005069
5070 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005071
5072 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
5073 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
5074 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
5075 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
5076 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
5077 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
5078 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
5079 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
5080
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005081 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005082 Specifies the base path used when constructing package feed URIs. The
5083 ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`` variable makes up the middle portion of a
5084 package feed URI used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The base path
5085 lies between the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`
5086 and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables.
5087
5088 Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
5089 ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005090 defined in your ``local.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005091
5092 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
5093 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
5094 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
5095 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
5096
5097 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005098
5099 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005100
5101 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
5102 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
5103 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
5104 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
5105 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
5106 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
5107 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
5108 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
5109
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005110 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005111 Specifies the front portion of the package feed URI used by the
5112 OpenEmbedded build system. Each final package feed URI is comprised
5113 of ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
5114 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and
5115 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables.
5116
5117 Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
5118 ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005119 defined in your ``local.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005120
5121 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
5122 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
5123 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
5124 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
5125
5126 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005127
5128 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005129
5130 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
5131 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
5132 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
5133 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
5134 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
5135 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
5136 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
5137 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
5138
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005139 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005140 The final list of packages passed to the package manager for
5141 installation into the image.
5142
5143 Because the package manager controls actual installation of all
5144 packages, the list of packages passed using ``PACKAGE_INSTALL`` is
5145 not the final list of packages that are actually installed. This
5146 variable is internal to the image construction code. Consequently, in
5147 general, you should use the
5148 :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable to specify
5149 packages for installation. The exception to this is when working with
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005150 the :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/images:images>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005151 image. When working with an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) image,
5152 use the ``PACKAGE_INSTALL`` variable. For information on creating an
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005153 initramfs, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005154 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5155
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005156 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL_ATTEMPTONLY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005157 Specifies a list of packages the OpenEmbedded build system attempts
5158 to install when creating an image. If a listed package fails to
5159 install, the build system does not generate an error. This variable
5160 is generally not user-defined.
5161
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005162 :term:`PACKAGE_PREPROCESS_FUNCS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005163 Specifies a list of functions run to pre-process the
5164 :term:`PKGD` directory prior to splitting the files out
5165 to individual packages.
5166
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005167 :term:`PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005168 Specifies a list of dependencies for post-installation and
5169 pre-installation scripts on native/cross tools. If your
5170 post-installation or pre-installation script can execute at rootfs
5171 creation time rather than on the target but depends on a native tool
5172 in order to execute, you need to list the tools in
5173 ``PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS``.
5174
5175 For information on running post-installation scripts, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005176 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:post-installation scripts`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005177 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5178
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005179 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005180 This variable provides a means of enabling or disabling features of a
5181 recipe on a per-recipe basis. ``PACKAGECONFIG`` blocks are defined in
5182 recipes when you specify features and then arguments that define
5183 feature behaviors. Here is the basic block structure (broken over
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005184 multiple lines for readability)::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005185
5186 PACKAGECONFIG ??= "f1 f2 f3 ..."
5187 PACKAGECONFIG[f1] = "\
5188 --with-f1, \
5189 --without-f1, \
5190 build-deps-for-f1, \
5191 runtime-deps-for-f1, \
5192 runtime-recommends-for-f1, \
5193 packageconfig-conflicts-for-f1"
5194 PACKAGECONFIG[f2] = "\
5195 ... and so on and so on ...
5196
5197 The ``PACKAGECONFIG`` variable itself specifies a space-separated
5198 list of the features to enable. Following the features, you can
5199 determine the behavior of each feature by providing up to six
5200 order-dependent arguments, which are separated by commas. You can
5201 omit any argument you like but must retain the separating commas. The
5202 order is important and specifies the following:
5203
5204 1. Extra arguments that should be added to the configure script
5205 argument list (:term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or
5206 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`) if
5207 the feature is enabled.
5208
5209 2. Extra arguments that should be added to ``EXTRA_OECONF`` or
5210 ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` if the feature is disabled.
5211
5212 3. Additional build dependencies (:term:`DEPENDS`)
5213 that should be added if the feature is enabled.
5214
5215 4. Additional runtime dependencies (:term:`RDEPENDS`)
5216 that should be added if the feature is enabled.
5217
5218 5. Additional runtime recommendations
5219 (:term:`RRECOMMENDS`) that should be added if
5220 the feature is enabled.
5221
5222 6. Any conflicting (that is, mutually exclusive) ``PACKAGECONFIG``
5223 settings for this feature.
5224
5225 Consider the following ``PACKAGECONFIG`` block taken from the
5226 ``librsvg`` recipe. In this example the feature is ``gtk``, which has
5227 three arguments that determine the feature's behavior.
5228 ::
5229
5230 PACKAGECONFIG[gtk] = "--with-gtk3,--without-gtk3,gtk+3"
5231
5232 The
5233 ``--with-gtk3`` and ``gtk+3`` arguments apply only if the feature is
5234 enabled. In this case, ``--with-gtk3`` is added to the configure
5235 script argument list and ``gtk+3`` is added to ``DEPENDS``. On the
5236 other hand, if the feature is disabled say through a ``.bbappend``
5237 file in another layer, then the second argument ``--without-gtk3`` is
5238 added to the configure script instead.
5239
5240 The basic ``PACKAGECONFIG`` structure previously described holds true
5241 regardless of whether you are creating a block or changing a block.
5242 When creating a block, use the structure inside your recipe.
5243
5244 If you want to change an existing ``PACKAGECONFIG`` block, you can do
5245 so one of two ways:
5246
5247 - *Append file:* Create an append file named
5248 recipename\ ``.bbappend`` in your layer and override the value of
5249 ``PACKAGECONFIG``. You can either completely override the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005250 variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005251
5252 PACKAGECONFIG = "f4 f5"
5253
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005254 Or, you can just append the variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005255
5256 PACKAGECONFIG_append = " f4"
5257
5258 - *Configuration file:* This method is identical to changing the
5259 block through an append file except you edit your ``local.conf``
5260 or ``mydistro.conf`` file. As with append files previously
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005261 described, you can either completely override the variable::
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005262
5263 PACKAGECONFIG_pn-recipename = "f4 f5"
5264
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005265 Or, you can just amend the variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005266
5267 PACKAGECONFIG_append_pn-recipename = " f4"
5268
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005269 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005270 A space-separated list of configuration options generated from the
5271 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` setting.
5272
5273 Classes such as :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` and
5274 :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` use ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` to
5275 pass ``PACKAGECONFIG`` options to ``configure`` and ``cmake``,
5276 respectively. If you are using ``PACKAGECONFIG`` but not a class that
5277 handles the ``do_configure`` task, then you need to use
5278 ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` appropriately.
5279
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005280 :term:`PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005281 For recipes inheriting the
5282 :ref:`packagegroup <ref-classes-packagegroup>` class, setting
5283 ``PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY`` to "1" specifies that the
5284 normal complementary packages (i.e. ``-dev``, ``-dbg``, and so forth)
5285 should not be automatically created by the ``packagegroup`` recipe,
5286 which is the default behavior.
5287
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005288 :term:`PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005289 The list of packages the recipe creates. The default value is the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005290 following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005291
5292 ${PN}-dbg ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-dev ${PN}-doc ${PN}-locale ${PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN} ${PN}
5293
5294 During packaging, the :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task
5295 goes through ``PACKAGES`` and uses the :term:`FILES`
5296 variable corresponding to each package to assign files to the
5297 package. If a file matches the ``FILES`` variable for more than one
5298 package in ``PACKAGES``, it will be assigned to the earliest
5299 (leftmost) package.
5300
5301 Packages in the variable's list that are empty (i.e. where none of
5302 the patterns in ``FILES_``\ pkg match any files installed by the
5303 :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task) are not generated,
5304 unless generation is forced through the
5305 :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY` variable.
5306
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005307 :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005308 A promise that your recipe satisfies runtime dependencies for
5309 optional modules that are found in other recipes.
5310 ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` does not actually satisfy the dependencies, it
5311 only states that they should be satisfied. For example, if a hard,
5312 runtime dependency (:term:`RDEPENDS`) of another
5313 package is satisfied at build time through the ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC``
5314 variable, but a package with the module name is never actually
5315 produced, then the other package will be broken. Thus, if you attempt
5316 to include that package in an image, you will get a dependency
5317 failure from the packaging system during the
5318 :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task.
5319
5320 Typically, if there is a chance that such a situation can occur and
5321 the package that is not created is valid without the dependency being
5322 satisfied, then you should use :term:`RRECOMMENDS`
5323 (a soft runtime dependency) instead of ``RDEPENDS``.
5324
5325 For an example of how to use the ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` variable when
5326 you are splitting packages, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005327 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:handling optional module packaging`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005328 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5329
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005330 :term:`PACKAGESPLITFUNCS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005331 Specifies a list of functions run to perform additional splitting of
5332 files into individual packages. Recipes can either prepend to this
5333 variable or prepend to the ``populate_packages`` function in order to
5334 perform additional package splitting. In either case, the function
5335 should set :term:`PACKAGES`,
5336 :term:`FILES`, :term:`RDEPENDS` and
5337 other packaging variables appropriately in order to perform the
5338 desired splitting.
5339
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005340 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005341 Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the
5342 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task in order to specify
5343 parallel compilation on the local build host. This variable is
5344 usually in the form "-j x", where x represents the maximum number of
5345 parallel threads ``make`` can run.
5346
5347 .. note::
5348
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005349 In order for ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` to be effective, ``make`` must be
5350 called with ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy way to ensure
5351 this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005352
5353 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this
5354 variable to be equal to the number of cores the build system uses.
5355
5356 .. note::
5357
5358 If the software being built experiences dependency issues during
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005359 the ``do_compile`` task that result in race conditions, you can clear
5360 the ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` variable within the recipe as a workaround. For
5361 information on addressing race conditions, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005362 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`"
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005363 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005364
5365 For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to
5366 override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds.
5367 However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical
5368 CPUs, you might want to make sure the ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` variable is
5369 not set higher than "-j 20".
5370
5371 For more information on speeding up builds, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005372 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:speeding up a build`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005373 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5374
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005375 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005376 Extra options passed to the ``make install`` command during the
5377 :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task in order to specify
5378 parallel installation. This variable defaults to the value of
5379 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`.
5380
5381 .. note::
5382
5383 In order for ``PARALLEL_MAKEINST`` to be effective, ``make`` must
5384 be called with
5385 ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy
5386 way to ensure this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function.
5387
5388 If the software being built experiences dependency issues during
5389 the ``do_install`` task that result in race conditions, you can
5390 clear the ``PARALLEL_MAKEINST`` variable within the recipe as a
5391 workaround. For information on addressing race conditions, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005392 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005393 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5394
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005395 :term:`PATCHRESOLVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005396 Determines the action to take when a patch fails. You can set this
5397 variable to one of two values: "noop" and "user".
5398
5399 The default value of "noop" causes the build to simply fail when the
5400 OpenEmbedded build system cannot successfully apply a patch. Setting
5401 the value to "user" causes the build system to launch a shell and
5402 places you in the right location so that you can manually resolve the
5403 conflicts.
5404
5405 Set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
5406
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005407 :term:`PATCHTOOL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005408 Specifies the utility used to apply patches for a recipe during the
5409 :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task. You can specify one of
5410 three utilities: "patch", "quilt", or "git". The default utility used
5411 is "quilt" except for the quilt-native recipe itself. Because the
5412 quilt tool is not available at the time quilt-native is being
5413 patched, it uses "patch".
5414
5415 If you wish to use an alternative patching tool, set the variable in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005416 the recipe using one of the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005417
5418 PATCHTOOL = "patch"
5419 PATCHTOOL = "quilt"
5420 PATCHTOOL = "git"
5421
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005422 :term:`PE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005423 The epoch of the recipe. By default, this variable is unset. The
5424 variable is used to make upgrades possible when the versioning scheme
5425 changes in some backwards incompatible way.
5426
5427 ``PE`` is the default value of the :term:`PKGE` variable.
5428
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005429 :term:`PF`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005430 Specifies the recipe or package name and includes all version and
5431 revision numbers (i.e. ``glibc-2.13-r20+svnr15508/`` and
5432 ``bash-4.2-r1/``). This variable is comprised of the following:
5433 ${:term:`PN`}-${:term:`EXTENDPE`}${:term:`PV`}-${:term:`PR`}
5434
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005435 :term:`PIXBUF_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005436 When inheriting the :ref:`pixbufcache <ref-classes-pixbufcache>`
5437 class, this variable identifies packages that contain the pixbuf
5438 loaders used with ``gdk-pixbuf``. By default, the ``pixbufcache``
5439 class assumes that the loaders are in the recipe's main package (i.e.
5440 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if the
5441 loaders you need are in a package other than that main package.
5442
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005443 :term:`PKG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005444 The name of the resulting package created by the OpenEmbedded build
5445 system.
5446
5447 .. note::
5448
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005449 When using the ``PKG`` variable, you must use a package name override.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005450
5451 For example, when the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class
5452 renames the output package, it does so by setting
5453 ``PKG_packagename``.
5454
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005455 :term:`PKG_CONFIG_PATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005456 The path to ``pkg-config`` files for the current build context.
5457 ``pkg-config`` reads this variable from the environment.
5458
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005459 :term:`PKGD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005460 Points to the destination directory for files to be packaged before
5461 they are split into individual packages. This directory defaults to
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005462 the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005463
5464 ${WORKDIR}/package
5465
5466 Do not change this default.
5467
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005468 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005469 Points to a shared, global-state directory that holds data generated
5470 during the packaging process. During the packaging process, the
5471 :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task packages data
5472 for each recipe and installs it into this temporary, shared area.
5473 This directory defaults to the following, which you should not
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005474 change::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005475
5476 ${STAGING_DIR_HOST}/pkgdata
5477
5478 For examples of how this data is used, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005479 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005480 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005481 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:viewing package information with \`\`oe-pkgdata-util\`\``"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005482 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For more
5483 information on the shared, global-state directory, see
5484 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`.
5485
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005486 :term:`PKGDEST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005487 Points to the parent directory for files to be packaged after they
5488 have been split into individual packages. This directory defaults to
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005489 the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005490
5491 ${WORKDIR}/packages-split
5492
5493 Under this directory, the build system creates directories for each
5494 package specified in :term:`PACKAGES`. Do not change
5495 this default.
5496
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005497 :term:`PKGDESTWORK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005498 Points to a temporary work area where the
5499 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task saves package metadata.
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005500 The ``PKGDESTWORK`` location defaults to the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005501
5502 ${WORKDIR}/pkgdata
5503
5504 Do not change this default.
5505
5506 The :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task copies the
5507 package metadata from ``PKGDESTWORK`` to
5508 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` to make it available globally.
5509
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005510 :term:`PKGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005511 The epoch of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, ``PKGE``
5512 is set to :term:`PE`.
5513
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005514 :term:`PKGR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005515 The revision of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default,
5516 ``PKGR`` is set to :term:`PR`.
5517
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005518 :term:`PKGV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005519 The version of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default,
5520 ``PKGV`` is set to :term:`PV`.
5521
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005522 :term:`PN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005523 This variable can have two separate functions depending on the
5524 context: a recipe name or a resulting package name.
5525
5526 ``PN`` refers to a recipe name in the context of a file used by the
5527 OpenEmbedded build system as input to create a package. The name is
5528 normally extracted from the recipe file name. For example, if the
5529 recipe is named ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of ``PN``
5530 will be "expat".
5531
5532 The variable refers to a package name in the context of a file
5533 created or produced by the OpenEmbedded build system.
5534
5535 If applicable, the ``PN`` variable also contains any special suffix
5536 or prefix. For example, using ``bash`` to build packages for the
5537 native machine, ``PN`` is ``bash-native``. Using ``bash`` to build
5538 packages for the target and for Multilib, ``PN`` would be ``bash``
5539 and ``lib64-bash``, respectively.
5540
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005541 :term:`PNBLACKLIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005542 Lists recipes you do not want the OpenEmbedded build system to build.
5543 This variable works in conjunction with the
5544 :ref:`blacklist <ref-classes-blacklist>` class, which is inherited
5545 globally.
5546
5547 To prevent a recipe from being built, use the ``PNBLACKLIST``
5548 variable in your ``local.conf`` file. Here is an example that
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005549 prevents ``myrecipe`` from being built::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005550
5551 PNBLACKLIST[myrecipe] = "Not supported by our organization."
5552
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005553 :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005554 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
5555 system has created the host part of the SDK. You can specify
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005556 functions separated by semicolons::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005557
5558 POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND += "function; ... "
5559
5560 If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you
5561 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
5562 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
5563 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
5564
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005565 :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005566 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
5567 system has created the target part of the SDK. You can specify
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005568 functions separated by semicolons::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005569
5570 POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND += "function; ... "
5571
5572 If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you
5573 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
5574 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
5575 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
5576
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005577 :term:`PR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005578 The revision of the recipe. The default value for this variable is
5579 "r0". Subsequent revisions of the recipe conventionally have the
5580 values "r1", "r2", and so forth. When :term:`PV` increases,
5581 ``PR`` is conventionally reset to "r0".
5582
5583 .. note::
5584
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005585 The OpenEmbedded build system does not need the aid of ``PR``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005586 to know when to rebuild a recipe. The build system uses the task
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005587 :ref:`input checksums <overview-manual/concepts:checksums (signatures)>` along with the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005588 :ref:`stamp <structure-build-tmp-stamps>` and
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005589 :ref:`overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005590 mechanisms.
5591
5592 The ``PR`` variable primarily becomes significant when a package
5593 manager dynamically installs packages on an already built image. In
5594 this case, ``PR``, which is the default value of
5595 :term:`PKGR`, helps the package manager distinguish which
5596 package is the most recent one in cases where many packages have the
5597 same ``PV`` (i.e. ``PKGV``). A component having many packages with
5598 the same ``PV`` usually means that the packages all install the same
5599 upstream version, but with later (``PR``) version packages including
5600 packaging fixes.
5601
5602 .. note::
5603
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005604 ``PR`` does not need to be increased for changes that do not change the
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005605 package contents or metadata.
5606
5607 Because manually managing ``PR`` can be cumbersome and error-prone,
5608 an automated solution exists. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005609 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:working with a pr service`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005610 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more information.
5611
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005612 :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005613 If multiple recipes provide the same item, this variable determines
5614 which recipe is preferred and thus provides the item (i.e. the
5615 preferred provider). You should always suffix this variable with the
5616 name of the provided item. And, you should define the variable using
5617 the preferred recipe's name (:term:`PN`). Here is a common
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005618 example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005619
5620 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto"
5621
5622 In the previous example, multiple recipes are providing "virtual/kernel".
5623 The ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER`` variable is set with the name (``PN``) of
5624 the recipe you prefer to provide "virtual/kernel".
5625
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005626 Following are more examples::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005627
5628 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver = "xserver-xf86"
5629 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/libgl ?= "mesa"
5630
5631 For more
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005632 information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:using virtual providers`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005633 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5634
5635 .. note::
5636
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005637 If you use a ``virtual/\*`` item with ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER``, then any
5638 recipe that :term:`PROVIDES` that item but is not selected (defined)
5639 by ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER`` is prevented from building, which is usually
5640 desirable since this mechanism is designed to select between mutually
5641 exclusive alternative providers.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005642
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005643 :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION`
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05005644 If there are multiple versions of a recipe available, this variable
5645 determines which version should be given preference. You must always
5646 suffix the variable with the :term:`PN` you want to select (`python` in
5647 the first example below), and you should specify the :term:`PV`
5648 accordingly (`3.4.0` in the example).
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005649
5650 The ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` variable supports limited wildcard use
5651 through the "``%``" character. You can use the character to match any
5652 number of characters, which can be useful when specifying versions
5653 that contain long revision numbers that potentially change. Here are
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005654 two examples::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005655
5656 PREFERRED_VERSION_python = "3.4.0"
5657 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto = "5.0%"
5658
5659 .. note::
5660
5661 The use of the "%" character is limited in that it only works at the end of the
5662 string. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other
5663 location of the string.
5664
5665 The specified version is matched against :term:`PV`, which
5666 does not necessarily match the version part of the recipe's filename.
5667 For example, consider two recipes ``foo_1.2.bb`` and ``foo_git.bb``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005668 where ``foo_git.bb`` contains the following assignment::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005669
5670 PV = "1.1+git${SRCPV}"
5671
5672 In this case, the correct way to select
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005673 ``foo_git.bb`` is by using an assignment such as the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005674
5675 PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "1.1+git%"
5676
5677 Compare that previous example
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005678 against the following incorrect example, which does not work::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005679
5680 PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "git"
5681
5682 Sometimes the ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` variable can be set by
5683 configuration files in a way that is hard to change. You can use
5684 :term:`OVERRIDES` to set a machine-specific
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005685 override. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005686
5687 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_qemux86 = "5.0%"
5688
5689 Although not recommended, worst case, you can also use the
5690 "forcevariable" override, which is the strongest override possible.
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005691 Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005692
5693 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_forcevariable = "5.0%"
5694
5695 .. note::
5696
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005697 The ``\_forcevariable`` override is not handled specially. This override
5698 only works because the default value of ``OVERRIDES`` includes "forcevariable".
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005699
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05005700 If a recipe with the specified version is not available, a warning
5701 message will be shown. See :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` if you want this
5702 to be an error instead.
5703
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005704 :term:`PREMIRRORS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005705 Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system
5706 gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it
5707 first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the
5708 build system tries locations defined by ``PREMIRRORS``, the upstream
5709 source, and then locations specified by
5710 :term:`MIRRORS` in that order.
5711
5712 Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky",
5713 the default value for ``PREMIRRORS`` is defined in the
5714 ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository.
5715
5716 Typically, you could add a specific server for the build system to
5717 attempt before any others by adding something like the following to
5718 the ``local.conf`` configuration file in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005719 :term:`Build Directory`::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005720
5721 PREMIRRORS_prepend = "\
5722 git://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
5723 ftp://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
5724 http://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
5725 https://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n"
5726
5727 These changes cause the
5728 build system to intercept Git, FTP, HTTP, and HTTPS requests and
5729 direct them to the ``http://`` sources mirror. You can use
5730 ``file://`` URLs to point to local directories or network shares as
5731 well.
5732
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005733 :term:`PRIORITY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005734 Indicates the importance of a package.
5735
5736 ``PRIORITY`` is considered to be part of the distribution policy
5737 because the importance of any given recipe depends on the purpose for
5738 which the distribution is being produced. Thus, ``PRIORITY`` is not
5739 normally set within recipes.
5740
5741 You can set ``PRIORITY`` to "required", "standard", "extra", and
5742 "optional", which is the default.
5743
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005744 :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005745 Specifies libraries installed within a recipe that should be ignored
5746 by the OpenEmbedded build system's shared library resolver. This
5747 variable is typically used when software being built by a recipe has
5748 its own private versions of a library normally provided by another
5749 recipe. In this case, you would not want the package containing the
5750 private libraries to be set as a dependency on other unrelated
5751 packages that should instead depend on the package providing the
5752 standard version of the library.
5753
5754 Libraries specified in this variable should be specified by their
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005755 file name. For example, from the Firefox recipe in meta-browser::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005756
5757 PRIVATE_LIBS = "libmozjs.so \
5758 libxpcom.so \
5759 libnspr4.so \
5760 libxul.so \
5761 libmozalloc.so \
5762 libplc4.so \
5763 libplds4.so"
5764
5765 For more information, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005766 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005767 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
5768
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005769 :term:`PROVIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005770 A list of aliases by which a particular recipe can be known. By
5771 default, a recipe's own ``PN`` is implicitly already in its
5772 ``PROVIDES`` list and therefore does not need to mention that it
5773 provides itself. If a recipe uses ``PROVIDES``, the additional
5774 aliases are synonyms for the recipe and can be useful for satisfying
5775 dependencies of other recipes during the build as specified by
5776 ``DEPENDS``.
5777
5778 Consider the following example ``PROVIDES`` statement from the recipe
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005779 file ``eudev_3.2.9.bb``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005780
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06005781 PROVIDES += "udev"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005782
5783 The ``PROVIDES`` statement
5784 results in the "eudev" recipe also being available as simply "udev".
5785
5786 .. note::
5787
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06005788 A recipe's own recipe name (:term:`PN`) is always implicitly prepended
5789 to `PROVIDES`, so while using "+=" in the above example may not be
5790 strictly necessary it is recommended to avoid confusion.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005791
5792 In addition to providing recipes under alternate names, the
5793 ``PROVIDES`` mechanism is also used to implement virtual targets. A
5794 virtual target is a name that corresponds to some particular
5795 functionality (e.g. a Linux kernel). Recipes that provide the
5796 functionality in question list the virtual target in ``PROVIDES``.
5797 Recipes that depend on the functionality in question can include the
5798 virtual target in ``DEPENDS`` to leave the choice of provider open.
5799
5800 Conventionally, virtual targets have names on the form
5801 "virtual/function" (e.g. "virtual/kernel"). The slash is simply part
5802 of the name and has no syntactical significance.
5803
5804 The :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` variable is
5805 used to select which particular recipe provides a virtual target.
5806
5807 .. note::
5808
5809 A corresponding mechanism for virtual runtime dependencies
5810 (packages) exists. However, the mechanism does not depend on any
5811 special functionality beyond ordinary variable assignments. For
5812 example, ``VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager`` refers to the package of
5813 the component that manages the ``/dev`` directory.
5814
5815 Setting the "preferred provider" for runtime dependencies is as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005816 simple as using the following assignment in a configuration file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005817
5818 VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "udev"
5819
5820
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005821 :term:`PRSERV_HOST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005822 The network based :term:`PR` service host and port.
5823
5824 The ``conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in the
5825 :term:`Source Directory` shows how the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005826 ``PRSERV_HOST`` variable is set::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005827
5828 PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0"
5829
5830 You must
5831 set the variable if you want to automatically start a local :ref:`PR
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005832 service <dev-manual/common-tasks:working with a pr service>`. You can
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005833 set ``PRSERV_HOST`` to other values to use a remote PR service.
5834
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06005835
5836 :term:`PSEUDO_IGNORE_PATHS`
5837 A comma-separated (without spaces) list of path prefixes that should be ignored
5838 by pseudo when monitoring and recording file operations, in order to avoid
5839 problems with files being written to outside of the pseudo context and
5840 reduce pseudo's overhead. A path is ignored if it matches any prefix in the list
5841 and can include partial directory (or file) names.
5842
5843
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005844 :term:`PTEST_ENABLED`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005845 Specifies whether or not :ref:`Package
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005846 Test <dev-manual/common-tasks:testing packages with ptest>` (ptest)
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005847 functionality is enabled when building a recipe. You should not set
5848 this variable directly. Enabling and disabling building Package Tests
5849 at build time should be done by adding "ptest" to (or removing it
5850 from) :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`.
5851
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005852 :term:`PV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005853 The version of the recipe. The version is normally extracted from the
5854 recipe filename. For example, if the recipe is named
5855 ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of ``PV`` will be "2.0.1".
5856 ``PV`` is generally not overridden within a recipe unless it is
5857 building an unstable (i.e. development) version from a source code
5858 repository (e.g. Git or Subversion).
5859
5860 ``PV`` is the default value of the :term:`PKGV` variable.
5861
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005862 :term:`PYTHON_ABI`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005863 When used by recipes that inherit the
5864 :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`,
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05005865 :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` classes, denotes the
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005866 Application Binary Interface (ABI) currently in use for Python. By
5867 default, the ABI is "m". You do not have to set this variable as the
5868 OpenEmbedded build system sets it for you.
5869
5870 The OpenEmbedded build system uses the ABI to construct directory
5871 names used when installing the Python headers and libraries in
5872 sysroot (e.g. ``.../python3.3m/...``).
5873
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05005874 Recipes that inherit the ``distutils3`` class during cross-builds also
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005875 use this variable to locate the headers and libraries of the
5876 appropriate Python that the extension is targeting.
5877
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005878 :term:`PYTHON_PN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005879 When used by recipes that inherit the
5880 `distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`,
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05005881 :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` classes, specifies the
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005882 major Python version being built. For Python 3.x, ``PYTHON_PN`` would
5883 be "python3". You do not have to set this variable as the
5884 OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets it for you.
5885
5886 The variable allows recipes to use common infrastructure such as the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005887 following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005888
5889 DEPENDS += "${PYTHON_PN}-native"
5890
5891 In the previous example,
5892 the version of the dependency is ``PYTHON_PN``.
5893
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005894 :term:`RANLIB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005895 The minimal command and arguments to run ``ranlib``.
5896
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005897 :term:`RCONFLICTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005898 The list of packages that conflict with packages. Note that packages
5899 will not be installed if conflicting packages are not first removed.
5900
5901 Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005902 conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005903
5904 RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "another_conflicting_package_name"
5905
5906 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
5907 specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies
5908 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
5909 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005910 ``RCONFLICTS`` variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005911
5912 RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
5913
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005914 For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
5915
5916 - =
5917 - <
5918 - >
5919 - <=
5920 - >=
5921
5922 For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005923 greater of the package ``foo``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005924
5925 RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
5926
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005927 :term:`RDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005928 Lists runtime dependencies of a package. These dependencies are other
5929 packages that must be installed in order for the package to function
5930 correctly. As an example, the following assignment declares that the
5931 package ``foo`` needs the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` to be
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005932 installed::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005933
5934 RDEPENDS_foo = "bar baz"
5935
5936 The most common types of package
5937 runtime dependencies are automatically detected and added. Therefore,
5938 most recipes do not need to set ``RDEPENDS``. For more information,
5939 see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005940 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005941 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
5942
5943 The practical effect of the above ``RDEPENDS`` assignment is that
5944 ``bar`` and ``baz`` will be declared as dependencies inside the
5945 package ``foo`` when it is written out by one of the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005946 :ref:`do_package_write_\* <ref-tasks-package_write_deb>` tasks.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005947 Exactly how this is done depends on which package format is used,
5948 which is determined by
5949 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`. When the
5950 corresponding package manager installs the package, it will know to
5951 also install the packages on which it depends.
5952
5953 To ensure that the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` get built, the
5954 previous ``RDEPENDS`` assignment also causes a task dependency to be
5955 added. This dependency is from the recipe's
5956 :ref:`ref-tasks-build` (not to be confused with
5957 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`) task to the
5958 ``do_package_write_*`` task of the recipes that build ``bar`` and
5959 ``baz``.
5960
5961 The names of the packages you list within ``RDEPENDS`` must be the
5962 names of other packages - they cannot be recipe names. Although
5963 package names and recipe names usually match, the important point
5964 here is that you are providing package names within the ``RDEPENDS``
5965 variable. For an example of the default list of packages created from
5966 a recipe, see the :term:`PACKAGES` variable.
5967
5968 Because the ``RDEPENDS`` variable applies to packages being built,
5969 you should always use the variable in a form with an attached package
5970 name (remember that a single recipe can build multiple packages). For
5971 example, suppose you are building a development package that depends
5972 on the ``perl`` package. In this case, you would use the following
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005973 ``RDEPENDS`` statement::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005974
5975 RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev += "perl"
5976
5977 In the example,
5978 the development package depends on the ``perl`` package. Thus, the
5979 ``RDEPENDS`` variable has the ``${PN}-dev`` package name as part of
5980 the variable.
5981
5982 .. note::
5983
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005984 ``RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev`` includes ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005985 by default. This default is set in the BitBake configuration file
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005986 (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``). Be careful not to accidentally remove
5987 ``${PN}`` when modifying ``RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev``. Use the "+=" operator
5988 rather than the "=" operator.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005989
5990 The package names you use with ``RDEPENDS`` must appear as they would
5991 in the ``PACKAGES`` variable. The :term:`PKG` variable
5992 allows a different name to be used for the final package (e.g. the
5993 :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class uses this to rename
5994 packages), but this final package name cannot be used with
5995 ``RDEPENDS``, which makes sense as ``RDEPENDS`` is meant to be
5996 independent of the package format used.
5997
5998 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
5999 specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies
6000 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
6001 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006002 ``RDEPENDS`` variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006003
6004 RDEPENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
6005
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006006 For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
6007
6008 - =
6009 - <
6010 - >
6011 - <=
6012 - >=
6013
6014 For version, provide the version number.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006015
6016 .. note::
6017
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006018 You can use ``EXTENDPKGV`` to provide a full package version
6019 specification.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006020
6021 For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006022 greater of the package ``foo``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006023
6024 RDEPENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
6025
6026 For information on build-time dependencies, see the
6027 :term:`DEPENDS` variable. You can also see the
6028 ":ref:`Tasks <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks>`" and
6029 ":ref:`Dependencies <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies>`" sections in the
6030 BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and
6031 dependencies.
6032
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006033 :term:`REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006034 When inheriting the
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06006035 :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006036 class, this variable identifies distribution features that must exist
6037 in the current configuration in order for the OpenEmbedded build
6038 system to build the recipe. In other words, if the
6039 ``REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES`` variable lists a feature that does not
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06006040 appear in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, then
6041 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build
6042 the recipe then an error will be triggered.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006043
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05006044 :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION`
6045 If there are multiple versions of a recipe available, this variable
6046 determines which version should be given preference.
6047 :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` works in exactly the same manner as
6048 :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION`, except that if the specified version is not
6049 available then an error message is shown and the build fails
6050 immediately.
6051
6052 If both :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` and :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` are set
6053 for the same recipe, the :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` value applies.
6054
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006055 :term:`RM_WORK_EXCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006056 With ``rm_work`` enabled, this variable specifies a list of recipes
6057 whose work directories should not be removed. See the
6058 ":ref:`rm_work.bbclass <ref-classes-rm-work>`" section for more
6059 details.
6060
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006061 :term:`ROOT_HOME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006062 Defines the root home directory. By default, this directory is set as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006063 follows in the BitBake configuration file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006064
6065 ROOT_HOME ??= "/home/root"
6066
6067 .. note::
6068
6069 This default value is likely used because some embedded solutions
6070 prefer to have a read-only root filesystem and prefer to keep
6071 writeable data in one place.
6072
6073 You can override the default by setting the variable in any layer or
6074 in the ``local.conf`` file. Because the default is set using a "weak"
6075 assignment (i.e. "??="), you can use either of the following forms to
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006076 define your override::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006077
6078 ROOT_HOME = "/root"
6079 ROOT_HOME ?= "/root"
6080
6081 These
6082 override examples use ``/root``, which is probably the most commonly
6083 used override.
6084
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006085 :term:`ROOTFS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006086 Indicates a filesystem image to include as the root filesystem.
6087
6088 The ``ROOTFS`` variable is an optional variable used with the
6089 :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class.
6090
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006091 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006092 Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build
6093 system has installed packages. You can specify functions separated by
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006094 semicolons::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006095
6096 ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6097
6098 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
6099 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
6100 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
6101 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
6102 information.
6103
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006104 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006105 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
6106 system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006107 separated by semicolons::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006108
6109 ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6110
6111 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
6112 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
6113 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
6114 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
6115 information.
6116
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006117 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006118 Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build
6119 system has removed unnecessary packages. When runtime package
6120 management is disabled in the image, several packages are removed
6121 including ``base-passwd``, ``shadow``, and ``update-alternatives``.
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006122 You can specify functions separated by semicolons::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006123
6124 ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6125
6126 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
6127 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
6128 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
6129 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
6130 information.
6131
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006132 :term:`ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006133 Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build
6134 system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006135 separated by semicolons::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006136
6137 ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6138
6139 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
6140 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
6141 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
6142 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
6143 information.
6144
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006145 :term:`RPROVIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006146 A list of package name aliases that a package also provides. These
6147 aliases are useful for satisfying runtime dependencies of other
6148 packages both during the build and on the target (as specified by
6149 ``RDEPENDS``).
6150
6151 .. note::
6152
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006153 A package's own name is implicitly already in its ``RPROVIDES`` list.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006154
6155 As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use the
6156 variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006157 example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006158
6159 RPROVIDES_${PN} = "widget-abi-2"
6160
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006161 :term:`RRECOMMENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006162 A list of packages that extends the usability of a package being
6163 built. The package being built does not depend on this list of
6164 packages in order to successfully build, but rather uses them for
6165 extended usability. To specify runtime dependencies for packages, see
6166 the ``RDEPENDS`` variable.
6167
6168 The package manager will automatically install the ``RRECOMMENDS``
6169 list of packages when installing the built package. However, you can
6170 prevent listed packages from being installed by using the
6171 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`,
6172 :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`, and
6173 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables.
6174
6175 Packages specified in ``RRECOMMENDS`` need not actually be produced.
6176 However, a recipe must exist that provides each package, either
6177 through the :term:`PACKAGES` or
6178 :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variables or the
6179 :term:`RPROVIDES` variable, or an error will occur
6180 during the build. If such a recipe does exist and the package is not
6181 produced, the build continues without error.
6182
6183 Because the ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable applies to packages being built,
6184 you should always attach an override to the variable to specify the
6185 particular package whose usability is being extended. For example,
6186 suppose you are building a development package that is extended to
6187 support wireless functionality. In this case, you would use the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006188 following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006189
6190 RRECOMMENDS_${PN}-dev += "wireless_package_name"
6191
6192 In the
6193 example, the package name (``${PN}-dev``) must appear as it would in
6194 the ``PACKAGES`` namespace before any renaming of the output package
6195 by classes such as ``debian.bbclass``.
6196
6197 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
6198 specifying versioned recommends. Although the syntax varies depending
6199 on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences from you.
6200 Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006201 ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006202
6203 RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
6204
6205 For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
6206
6207 - =
6208 - <
6209 - >
6210 - <=
6211 - >=
6212
6213 For example, the following sets up a recommend on version 1.2 or
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006214 greater of the package ``foo``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006215
6216 RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
6217
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006218 :term:`RREPLACES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006219 A list of packages replaced by a package. The package manager uses
6220 this variable to determine which package should be installed to
6221 replace other package(s) during an upgrade. In order to also have the
6222 other package(s) removed at the same time, you must add the name of
6223 the other package to the ``RCONFLICTS`` variable.
6224
6225 As with all package-controlling variables, you must use this variable
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006226 in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006227
6228 RREPLACES_${PN} = "other_package_being_replaced"
6229
6230 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
6231 specifying versioned replacements. Although the syntax varies
6232 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
6233 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006234 ``RREPLACES`` variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006235
6236 RREPLACES_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
6237
6238 For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
6239
6240 - =
6241 - <
6242 - >
6243 - <=
6244 - >=
6245
6246 For example, the following sets up a replacement using version 1.2
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006247 or greater of the package ``foo``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006248
6249 RREPLACES_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
6250
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006251 :term:`RSUGGESTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006252 A list of additional packages that you can suggest for installation
6253 by the package manager at the time a package is installed. Not all
6254 package managers support this functionality.
6255
6256 As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use this
6257 variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006258 example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006259
6260 RSUGGESTS_${PN} = "useful_package another_package"
6261
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006262 :term:`S`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006263 The location in the :term:`Build Directory` where
6264 unpacked recipe source code resides. By default, this directory is
6265 ``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/${``\ :term:`BPN`\ ``}-${``\ :term:`PV`\ ``}``,
6266 where ``${BPN}`` is the base recipe name and ``${PV}`` is the recipe
6267 version. If the source tarball extracts the code to a directory named
6268 anything other than ``${BPN}-${PV}``, or if the source code is
6269 fetched from an SCM such as Git or Subversion, then you must set
6270 ``S`` in the recipe so that the OpenEmbedded build system knows where
6271 to find the unpacked source.
6272
6273 As an example, assume a :term:`Source Directory`
6274 top-level folder named ``poky`` and a default Build Directory at
6275 ``poky/build``. In this case, the work directory the build system
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006276 uses to keep the unpacked recipe for ``db`` is the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006277
6278 poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/db/5.1.19-r3/db-5.1.19
6279
6280 The unpacked source code resides in the ``db-5.1.19`` folder.
6281
6282 This next example assumes a Git repository. By default, Git
6283 repositories are cloned to ``${WORKDIR}/git`` during
6284 :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch`. Since this path is different
6285 from the default value of ``S``, you must set it specifically so the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006286 source can be located::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006287
6288 SRC_URI = "git://path/to/repo.git"
6289 S = "${WORKDIR}/git"
6290
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006291 :term:`SANITY_REQUIRED_UTILITIES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006292 Specifies a list of command-line utilities that should be checked for
6293 during the initial sanity checking process when running BitBake. If
6294 any of the utilities are not installed on the build host, then
6295 BitBake immediately exits with an error.
6296
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006297 :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006298 A list of the host distribution identifiers that the build system has
6299 been tested against. Identifiers consist of the host distributor ID
6300 followed by the release, as reported by the ``lsb_release`` tool or
6301 as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. Separate the list items with
6302 explicit newline characters (``\n``). If ``SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS`` is
6303 not empty and the current value of
6304 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` does not appear in the
6305 list, then the build system reports a warning that indicates the
6306 current host distribution has not been tested as a build host.
6307
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006308 :term:`SDK_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006309 The target architecture for the SDK. Typically, you do not directly
6310 set this variable. Instead, use :term:`SDKMACHINE`.
6311
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05006312 :term:`SDK_CUSTOM_TEMPLATECONF`
6313 When building the extensible SDK, if ``SDK_CUSTOM_TEMPLATECONF`` is set to
6314 "1" and a ``conf/templateconf.conf`` file exists in the build directory
6315 (:term:`TOPDIR`) then this will be copied into the SDK.
6316
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006317 :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006318 The directory set up and used by the
6319 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk>` class to which
6320 the SDK is deployed. The ``populate_sdk_base`` class defines
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006321 ``SDK_DEPLOY`` as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006322
6323 SDK_DEPLOY = "${TMPDIR}/deploy/sdk"
6324
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006325 :term:`SDK_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006326 The parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build system when
6327 creating SDK output. The
6328 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class defines
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006329 the variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006330
6331 SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk"
6332
6333 .. note::
6334
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006335 The ``SDK_DIR`` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of
6336 ``WORKDIR``. The final output directory is :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006337
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006338 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006339 Controls whether or not shared state artifacts are copied into the
6340 extensible SDK. The default value of "full" copies all of the
6341 required shared state artifacts into the extensible SDK. The value
6342 "minimal" leaves these artifacts out of the SDK.
6343
6344 .. note::
6345
6346 If you set the variable to "minimal", you need to ensure
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006347 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` is set in the SDK's configuration to enable the
6348 artifacts to be fetched as needed.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006349
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006350 :term:`SDK_HOST_MANIFEST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006351 The manifest file for the host part of the SDK. This file lists all
6352 the installed packages that make up the host part of the SDK. The
6353 file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006354 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006355
6356 packagename packagearch version
6357
6358 The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006359 defines the manifest file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006360
6361 SDK_HOST_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.host.manifest"
6362
6363 The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and
6364 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables.
6365
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006366 :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006367 When set to "1", specifies to include the packagedata for all recipes
6368 in the "world" target in the extensible SDK. Including this data
6369 allows the ``devtool search`` command to find these recipes in search
6370 results, as well as allows the ``devtool add`` command to map
6371 dependencies more effectively.
6372
6373 .. note::
6374
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006375 Enabling the ``SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006376 variable significantly increases build time because all of world
6377 needs to be built. Enabling the variable also slightly increases
6378 the size of the extensible SDK.
6379
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006380 :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006381 When set to "1", specifies to include the toolchain in the extensible
6382 SDK. Including the toolchain is useful particularly when
6383 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "minimal" to keep
6384 the SDK reasonably small but you still want to provide a usable
6385 toolchain. For example, suppose you want to use the toolchain from an
6386 IDE or from other tools and you do not want to perform additional
6387 steps to install the toolchain.
6388
6389 The ``SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN`` variable defaults to "0" if
6390 ``SDK_EXT_TYPE`` is set to "minimal", and defaults to "1" if
6391 ``SDK_EXT_TYPE`` is set to "full".
6392
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006393 :term:`SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006394 A list of classes to remove from the :term:`INHERIT`
6395 value globally within the extensible SDK configuration. The
6396 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006397 default value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006398
6399 SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST ?= "buildhistory icecc"
6400
6401 Some classes are not generally applicable within the extensible SDK
6402 context. You can use this variable to disable those classes.
6403
6404 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
6405 configuration, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006406 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006407 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6408 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6409
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006410 :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006411 A list of variables not allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build
6412 system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. Usually,
6413 these are variables that are specific to the machine on which the
6414 build system is running and thus would be potentially problematic
6415 within the extensible SDK.
6416
6417 By default, ``SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`` is set in the
6418 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class and
6419 excludes the following variables:
6420
6421 - :term:`CONF_VERSION`
6422 - :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS`
6423 - :term:`bitbake:BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS`
6424 - :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`
6425 - :term:`PRSERV_HOST`
6426 - :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` :term:`DL_DIR`
6427 - :term:`SSTATE_DIR` :term:`TMPDIR`
6428 - :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`
6429
6430 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
6431 configuration, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006432 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006433 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6434 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6435
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006436 :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_WHITELIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006437 A list of variables allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build
6438 system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. By
6439 default, the list of variables is empty and is set in the
6440 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class.
6441
6442 This list overrides the variables specified using the
6443 :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`
6444 variable as well as any variables identified by automatic
6445 blacklisting due to the "/" character being found at the start of the
6446 value, which is usually indicative of being a path and thus might not
6447 be valid on the system where the SDK is installed.
6448
6449 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
6450 configuration, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006451 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006452 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6453 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6454
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006455 :term:`SDK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006456 The base name for SDK output files. The name is derived from the
6457 :term:`DISTRO`, :term:`TCLIBC`,
6458 :term:`SDK_ARCH`,
6459 :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, and
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006460 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` variables::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006461
6462 SDK_NAME = "${DISTRO}-${TCLIBC}-${SDK_ARCH}-${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${TUNE_PKGARCH}"
6463
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006464 :term:`SDK_OS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006465 Specifies the operating system for which the SDK will be built. The
6466 default value is the value of :term:`BUILD_OS`.
6467
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006468 :term:`SDK_OUTPUT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006469 The location used by the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK
6470 output. The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006471 class defines the variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006472
6473 SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk"
6474 SDK_OUTPUT = "${SDK_DIR}/image"
6475 SDK_DEPLOY = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/sdk"
6476
6477 .. note::
6478
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006479 The ``SDK_OUTPUT`` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of
6480 :term:`WORKDIR` by way of :term:`SDK_DIR`. The final output directory is
6481 :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006482
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006483 :term:`SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006484 Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the SDK machine.
6485 This variable is set automatically and should not normally be
6486 hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order
6487 of priority. The default value for ``SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS`` is "all any
6488 noarch ${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}".
6489
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006490 :term:`SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006491 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
6492 system creates the SDK. You can specify functions separated by
6493 semicolons: SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6494
6495 If you need to pass an SDK path to a command within a function, you
6496 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
6497 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
6498 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
6499
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006500 :term:`SDK_PREFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006501 The toolchain binary prefix used for ``nativesdk`` recipes. The
6502 OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``SDK_PREFIX`` value to set the
6503 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building
6504 ``nativesdk`` recipes. The default value is "${SDK_SYS}-".
6505
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006506 :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006507 A list of shared state tasks added to the extensible SDK. By default,
6508 the following tasks are added:
6509
6510 - do_populate_lic
6511 - do_package_qa
6512 - do_populate_sysroot
6513 - do_deploy
6514
6515 Despite the default value of "" for the
6516 ``SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`` variable, the above four tasks are always added
6517 to the SDK. To specify tasks beyond these four, you need to use the
6518 ``SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`` variable (e.g. you are defining additional
6519 tasks that are needed in order to build
6520 :term:`SDK_TARGETS`).
6521
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006522 :term:`SDK_SYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006523 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
6524 system, for which the SDK will be built.
6525
6526 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
6527 on :term:`SDK_ARCH`,
6528 :term:`SDK_VENDOR`, and
6529 :term:`SDK_OS`. You do not need to set the ``SDK_SYS``
6530 variable yourself.
6531
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006532 :term:`SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006533 The manifest file for the target part of the SDK. This file lists all
6534 the installed packages that make up the target part of the SDK. The
6535 file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006536 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006537
6538 packagename packagearch version
6539
6540 The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006541 defines the manifest file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006542
6543 SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.target.manifest"
6544
6545 The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and
6546 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables.
6547
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006548 :term:`SDK_TARGETS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006549 A list of targets to install from shared state as part of the
6550 standard or extensible SDK installation. The default value is "${PN}"
6551 (i.e. the image from which the SDK is built).
6552
6553 The ``SDK_TARGETS`` variable is an internal variable and typically
6554 would not be changed.
6555
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006556 :term:`SDK_TITLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006557 The title to be printed when running the SDK installer. By default,
6558 this title is based on the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` or
6559 :term:`DISTRO` variable and is set in the
6560 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006561 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006562
6563 SDK_TITLE ??= "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_NAME') or d.getVar('DISTRO')} SDK"
6564
6565 For the default distribution "poky",
6566 ``SDK_TITLE`` is set to "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)".
6567
6568 For information on how to change this default title, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006569 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:changing the extensible sdk installer title`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006570 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6571 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6572
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006573 :term:`SDK_UPDATE_URL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006574 An optional URL for an update server for the extensible SDK. If set,
6575 the value is used as the default update server when running
6576 ``devtool sdk-update`` within the extensible SDK.
6577
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006578 :term:`SDK_VENDOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006579 Specifies the name of the SDK vendor.
6580
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006581 :term:`SDK_VERSION`
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05006582 Specifies the version of the SDK. The Poky distribution configuration file
6583 (``/meta-poky/conf/distro/poky.conf``) sets the default
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006584 ``SDK_VERSION`` as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006585
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05006586 SDK_VERSION = "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_VERSION').replace('snapshot-${METADATA_REVISION}', 'snapshot')}"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006587
6588 For additional information, see the
6589 :term:`DISTRO_VERSION` and
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05006590 :term:`METADATA_REVISION` variables.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006591
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006592 :term:`SDKEXTPATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006593 The default installation directory for the Extensible SDK. By
6594 default, this directory is based on the :term:`DISTRO`
6595 variable and is set in the
6596 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006597 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006598
6599 SDKEXTPATH ??= "~/${@d.getVar('DISTRO')}_sdk"
6600
6601 For the
6602 default distribution "poky", the ``SDKEXTPATH`` is set to "poky_sdk".
6603
6604 For information on how to change this default directory, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006605 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:changing the default sdk installation directory`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006606 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6607 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6608
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006609 :term:`SDKIMAGE_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006610 Equivalent to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``. However, this variable applies to
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006611 the SDK generated from an image using the following command::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006612
6613 $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename
6614
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006615 :term:`SDKMACHINE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006616 The machine for which the SDK is built. In other words, the SDK is
6617 built such that it runs on the target you specify with the
6618 ``SDKMACHINE`` value. The value points to a corresponding ``.conf``
6619 file under ``conf/machine-sdk/``.
6620
6621 You can use "i686" and "x86_64" as possible values for this variable.
6622 The variable defaults to "i686" and is set in the local.conf file in
6623 the Build Directory.
6624 ::
6625
6626 SDKMACHINE ?= "i686"
6627
6628 .. note::
6629
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006630 You cannot set the ``SDKMACHINE``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006631 variable in your distribution configuration file. If you do, the
6632 configuration will not take affect.
6633
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006634 :term:`SDKPATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006635 Defines the path offered to the user for installation of the SDK that
6636 is generated by the OpenEmbedded build system. The path appears as
6637 the default location for installing the SDK when you run the SDK's
6638 installation script. You can override the offered path when you run
6639 the script.
6640
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006641 :term:`SDKTARGETSYSROOT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006642 The full path to the sysroot used for cross-compilation within an SDK
6643 as it will be when installed into the default
6644 :term:`SDKPATH`.
6645
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006646 :term:`SECTION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006647 The section in which packages should be categorized. Package
6648 management utilities can make use of this variable.
6649
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006650 :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006651 Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when
6652 building for the target. The flags are passed through the default
6653 value of the :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` variable.
6654
6655 The ``SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`` variable takes the value of
6656 ``FULL_OPTIMIZATION`` unless ``DEBUG_BUILD`` = "1". If that is the
6657 case, the value of ``DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION`` is used.
6658
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006659 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006660 Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using
6661 `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a
6662 value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006663 separated by a space. You cannot specify more than one TTY device::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006664
6665 SERIAL_CONSOLE = "115200 ttyS0"
6666
6667 .. note::
6668
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006669 The ``SERIAL_CONSOLE`` variable is deprecated. Please use the
6670 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006671
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006672 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006673 Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using
6674 `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a
6675 value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006676 separated by a semicolon. Use spaces to separate multiple devices::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006677
6678 SERIAL_CONSOLES = "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyS1"
6679
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006680 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006681 Specifies serial consoles, which must be listed in
6682 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`, to check against
6683 ``/proc/console`` before enabling them using getty. This variable
6684 allows aliasing in the format: <device>:<alias>. If a device was
6685 listed as "sclp_line0" in ``/dev/`` and "ttyS0" was listed in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006686 ``/proc/console``, you would do the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006687
6688 SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK = "slcp_line0:ttyS0"
6689
6690 This variable is currently only supported with SysVinit (i.e. not
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006691 with systemd). Note that :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK` also requires
6692 ``/etc/inittab`` to be writable when used with SysVinit. This makes it
6693 incompatible with customizations such as the following::
6694
6695 EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES += "read-only-rootfs"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006696
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006697 :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006698 A list of recipe dependencies that should not be used to determine
6699 signatures of tasks from one recipe when they depend on tasks from
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006700 another recipe. For example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006701
6702 SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "intone->mplayer2"
6703
6704 In the previous example, ``intone`` depends on ``mplayer2``.
6705
6706 You can use the special token ``"*"`` on the left-hand side of the
6707 dependency to match all recipes except the one on the right-hand
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006708 side. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006709
6710 SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "*->quilt-native"
6711
6712 In the previous example, all recipes except ``quilt-native`` ignore
6713 task signatures from the ``quilt-native`` recipe when determining
6714 their task signatures.
6715
6716 Use of this variable is one mechanism to remove dependencies that
6717 affect task signatures and thus force rebuilds when a recipe changes.
6718
6719 .. note::
6720
6721 If you add an inappropriate dependency for a recipe relationship,
6722 the software might break during runtime if the interface of the
6723 second recipe was changed after the first recipe had been built.
6724
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006725 :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDERECIPES_ABISAFE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006726 A list of recipes that are completely stable and will never change.
6727 The ABI for the recipes in the list are presented by output from the
6728 tasks run to build the recipe. Use of this variable is one way to
6729 remove dependencies from one recipe on another that affect task
6730 signatures and thus force rebuilds when the recipe changes.
6731
6732 .. note::
6733
6734 If you add an inappropriate variable to this list, the software
6735 might break at runtime if the interface of the recipe was changed
6736 after the other had been built.
6737
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006738 :term:`SITEINFO_BITS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006739 Specifies the number of bits for the target system CPU. The value
6740 should be either "32" or "64".
6741
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006742 :term:`SITEINFO_ENDIANNESS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006743 Specifies the endian byte order of the target system. The value
6744 should be either "le" for little-endian or "be" for big-endian.
6745
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006746 :term:`SKIP_FILEDEPS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006747 Enables removal of all files from the "Provides" section of an RPM
6748 package. Removal of these files is required for packages containing
6749 prebuilt binaries and libraries such as ``libstdc++`` and ``glibc``.
6750
6751 To enable file removal, set the variable to "1" in your
6752 ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file in your:
6753 :term:`Build Directory`.
6754 ::
6755
6756 SKIP_FILEDEPS = "1"
6757
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006758 :term:`SOC_FAMILY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006759 Groups together machines based upon the same family of SOC (System On
6760 Chip). You typically set this variable in a common ``.inc`` file that
6761 you include in the configuration files of all the machines.
6762
6763 .. note::
6764
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006765 You must include ``conf/machine/include/soc-family.inc`` for this
6766 variable to appear in :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006767
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006768 :term:`SOLIBS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006769 Defines the suffix for shared libraries used on the target platform.
6770 By default, this suffix is ".so.*" for all Linux-based systems and is
6771 defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file.
6772
6773 You will see this variable referenced in the default values of
6774 ``FILES_${PN}``.
6775
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006776 :term:`SOLIBSDEV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006777 Defines the suffix for the development symbolic link (symlink) for
6778 shared libraries on the target platform. By default, this suffix is
6779 ".so" for Linux-based systems and is defined in the
6780 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file.
6781
6782 You will see this variable referenced in the default values of
6783 ``FILES_${PN}-dev``.
6784
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006785 :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006786 When you are fetching files to create a mirror of sources (i.e.
6787 creating a source mirror), setting ``SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH`` to "1" in
6788 your ``local.conf`` configuration file ensures the source for all
6789 recipes are fetched regardless of whether or not a recipe is
6790 compatible with the configuration. A recipe is considered
6791 incompatible with the currently configured machine when either or
6792 both the :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE`
6793 variable and :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST` variables
6794 specify compatibility with a machine other than that of the current
6795 machine or host.
6796
6797 .. note::
6798
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006799 Do not set the ``SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006800 variable unless you are creating a source mirror. In other words,
6801 do not set the variable during a normal build.
6802
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006803 :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006804 Defines your own :term:`PREMIRRORS` from which to
6805 first fetch source before attempting to fetch from the upstream
6806 specified in :term:`SRC_URI`.
6807
6808 To use this variable, you must globally inherit the
6809 :ref:`own-mirrors <ref-classes-own-mirrors>` class and then provide
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006810 the URL to your mirrors. Here is the general syntax::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006811
6812 INHERIT += "own-mirrors"
6813 SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my_source_mirror"
6814
6815 .. note::
6816
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006817 You can specify only a single URL in ``SOURCE_MIRROR_URL``.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006818
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006819 :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006820 Maps commonly used license names to their SPDX counterparts found in
6821 ``meta/files/common-licenses/``. For the default ``SPDXLICENSEMAP``
6822 mappings, see the ``meta/conf/licenses.conf`` file.
6823
6824 For additional information, see the :term:`LICENSE`
6825 variable.
6826
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006827 :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006828 A list of prefixes for :term:`PN` used by the OpenEmbedded
6829 build system to create variants of recipes or packages. The list
6830 specifies the prefixes to strip off during certain circumstances such
6831 as the generation of the :term:`BPN` variable.
6832
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006833 :term:`SPL_BINARY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006834 The file type for the Secondary Program Loader (SPL). Some devices
6835 use an SPL from which to boot (e.g. the BeagleBone development
6836 board). For such cases, you can declare the file type of the SPL
6837 binary in the ``u-boot.inc`` include file, which is used in the
6838 U-Boot recipe.
6839
6840 The SPL file type is set to "null" by default in the ``u-boot.inc``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006841 file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006842
6843 # Some versions of u-boot build an SPL (Second Program Loader) image that
6844 # should be packaged along with the u-boot binary as well as placed in the
6845 # deploy directory. For those versions they can set the following variables
6846 # to allow packaging the SPL.
6847 SPL_BINARY ?= ""
6848 SPL_BINARYNAME ?= "${@os.path.basename(d.getVar("SPL_BINARY"))}"
6849 SPL_IMAGE ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}-${PV}-${PR}"
6850 SPL_SYMLINK ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}"
6851
6852 The ``SPL_BINARY`` variable helps form
6853 various ``SPL_*`` variables used by the OpenEmbedded build system.
6854
6855 See the BeagleBone machine configuration example in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006856 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:adding a layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006857 section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package Developer's Guide
6858 for additional information.
6859
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006860 :term:`SRC_URI`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006861 The list of source files - local or remote. This variable tells the
6862 OpenEmbedded build system which bits to pull in for the build and how
6863 to pull them in. For example, if the recipe or append file only needs
6864 to fetch a tarball from the Internet, the recipe or append file uses
6865 a single ``SRC_URI`` entry. On the other hand, if the recipe or
6866 append file needs to fetch a tarball, apply two patches, and include
6867 a custom file, the recipe or append file would include four instances
6868 of the variable.
6869
6870 The following list explains the available URI protocols. URI
6871 protocols are highly dependent on particular BitBake Fetcher
6872 submodules. Depending on the fetcher BitBake uses, various URL
6873 parameters are employed. For specifics on the supported Fetchers, see
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006874 the ":ref:`Fetchers <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching:fetchers>`" section in the
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006875 BitBake User Manual.
6876
6877 - ``file://`` - Fetches files, which are usually files shipped
6878 with the :term:`Metadata`, from the local machine (e.g.
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006879 :ref:`patch <overview-manual/concepts:patching>` files).
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006880 The path is relative to the :term:`FILESPATH`
6881 variable. Thus, the build system searches, in order, from the
6882 following directories, which are assumed to be a subdirectories of
6883 the directory in which the recipe file (``.bb``) or append file
6884 (``.bbappend``) resides:
6885
6886 - ``${BPN}`` - The base recipe name without any special suffix
6887 or version numbers.
6888
6889 - ``${BP}`` - ``${BPN}-${PV}``. The base recipe name and
6890 version but without any special package name suffix.
6891
6892 - *files -* Files within a directory, which is named ``files``
6893 and is also alongside the recipe or append file.
6894
6895 .. note::
6896
6897 If you want the build system to pick up files specified through
6898 a
6899 SRC_URI
6900 statement from your append file, you need to be sure to extend
6901 the
6902 FILESPATH
6903 variable by also using the
6904 FILESEXTRAPATHS
6905 variable from within your append file.
6906
6907 - ``bzr://`` - Fetches files from a Bazaar revision control
6908 repository.
6909
6910 - ``git://`` - Fetches files from a Git revision control
6911 repository.
6912
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05006913 - ``osc://`` - Fetches files from an OSC (openSUSE Build service)
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006914 revision control repository.
6915
6916 - ``repo://`` - Fetches files from a repo (Git) repository.
6917
6918 - ``ccrc://`` - Fetches files from a ClearCase repository.
6919
6920 - ``http://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``http``.
6921
6922 - ``https://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``https``.
6923
6924 - ``ftp://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``ftp``.
6925
6926 - ``cvs://`` - Fetches files from a CVS revision control
6927 repository.
6928
6929 - ``hg://`` - Fetches files from a Mercurial (``hg``) revision
6930 control repository.
6931
6932 - ``p4://`` - Fetches files from a Perforce (``p4``) revision
6933 control repository.
6934
6935 - ``ssh://`` - Fetches files from a secure shell.
6936
6937 - ``svn://`` - Fetches files from a Subversion (``svn``) revision
6938 control repository.
6939
6940 - ``npm://`` - Fetches JavaScript modules from a registry.
6941
Andrew Geissler95ac1b82021-03-31 14:34:31 -05006942 - ``az://`` - Fetches files from an Azure Storage account.
6943
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006944 Standard and recipe-specific options for ``SRC_URI`` exist. Here are
6945 standard options:
6946
6947 - ``apply`` - Whether to apply the patch or not. The default
6948 action is to apply the patch.
6949
6950 - ``striplevel`` - Which striplevel to use when applying the
6951 patch. The default level is 1.
6952
6953 - ``patchdir`` - Specifies the directory in which the patch should
6954 be applied. The default is ``${``\ :term:`S`\ ``}``.
6955
6956 Here are options specific to recipes building code from a revision
6957 control system:
6958
6959 - ``mindate`` - Apply the patch only if
6960 :term:`SRCDATE` is equal to or greater than
6961 ``mindate``.
6962
6963 - ``maxdate`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCDATE`` is not later
6964 than ``maxdate``.
6965
6966 - ``minrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is equal to or
6967 greater than ``minrev``.
6968
6969 - ``maxrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is not later
6970 than ``maxrev``.
6971
6972 - ``rev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is equal to
6973 ``rev``.
6974
6975 - ``notrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is not equal to
6976 ``rev``.
6977
6978 Here are some additional options worth mentioning:
6979
6980 - ``unpack`` - Controls whether or not to unpack the file if it is
6981 an archive. The default action is to unpack the file.
6982
6983 - ``destsuffix`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into
6984 the specified subdirectory of :term:`WORKDIR` when
6985 the Git fetcher is used.
6986
6987 - ``subdir`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into the
6988 specified subdirectory of ``WORKDIR`` when the local (``file://``)
6989 fetcher is used.
6990
6991 - ``localdir`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into
6992 the specified subdirectory of ``WORKDIR`` when the CVS fetcher is
6993 used.
6994
6995 - ``subpath`` - Limits the checkout to a specific subpath of the
6996 tree when using the Git fetcher is used.
6997
6998 - ``name`` - Specifies a name to be used for association with
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006999 ``SRC_URI`` checksums or :term:`SRCREV` when you have more than one
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007000 file or git repository specified in ``SRC_URI``. For example::
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007001
7002 SRC_URI = "git://example.com/foo.git;name=first \
7003 git://example.com/bar.git;name=second \
7004 http://example.com/file.tar.gz;name=third"
7005
7006 SRCREV_first = "f1d2d2f924e986ac86fdf7b36c94bcdf32beec15"
7007 SRCREV_second = "e242ed3bffccdf271b7fbaf34ed72d089537b42f"
7008 SRC_URI[third.sha256sum] = "13550350a8681c84c861aac2e5b440161c2b33a3e4f302ac680ca5b686de48de"
7009
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007010
7011 - ``downloadfilename`` - Specifies the filename used when storing
7012 the downloaded file.
7013
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007014 :term:`SRC_URI_OVERRIDES_PACKAGE_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007015 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically detects
7016 whether ``SRC_URI`` contains files that are machine-specific. If so,
7017 the build system automatically changes ``PACKAGE_ARCH``. Setting this
7018 variable to "0" disables this behavior.
7019
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007020 :term:`SRCDATE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007021 The date of the source code used to build the package. This variable
7022 applies only if the source was fetched from a Source Code Manager
7023 (SCM).
7024
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007025 :term:`SRCPV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007026 Returns the version string of the current package. This string is
7027 used to help define the value of :term:`PV`.
7028
7029 The ``SRCPV`` variable is defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``
7030 configuration file in the :term:`Source Directory` as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007031 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007032
7033 SRCPV = "${@bb.fetch2.get_srcrev(d)}"
7034
7035 Recipes that need to define ``PV`` do so with the help of the
7036 ``SRCPV``. For example, the ``ofono`` recipe (``ofono_git.bb``)
7037 located in ``meta/recipes-connectivity`` in the Source Directory
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007038 defines ``PV`` as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007039
7040 PV = "0.12-git${SRCPV}"
7041
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007042 :term:`SRCREV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007043 The revision of the source code used to build the package. This
7044 variable applies to Subversion, Git, Mercurial, and Bazaar only. Note
7045 that if you want to build a fixed revision and you want to avoid
7046 performing a query on the remote repository every time BitBake parses
7047 your recipe, you should specify a ``SRCREV`` that is a full revision
7048 identifier and not just a tag.
7049
7050 .. note::
7051
7052 For information on limitations when inheriting the latest revision
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007053 of software using ``SRCREV``, see the :term:`AUTOREV` variable
7054 description and the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007055 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`"
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007056 section, which is in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007057
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007058 :term:`SSTATE_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007059 The directory for the shared state cache.
7060
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007061 :term:`SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007062 If set to "1", allows fetches from mirrors that are specified in
7063 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` to work even when
7064 fetching from the network is disabled by setting ``BB_NO_NETWORK`` to
7065 "1". Using the ``SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK`` variable is useful if
7066 you have set ``SSTATE_MIRRORS`` to point to an internal server for
7067 your shared state cache, but you want to disable any other fetching
7068 from the network.
7069
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007070 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007071 Configures the OpenEmbedded build system to search other mirror
7072 locations for prebuilt cache data objects before building out the
7073 data. This variable works like fetcher :term:`MIRRORS`
7074 and :term:`PREMIRRORS` and points to the cache
7075 locations to check for the shared state (sstate) objects.
7076
7077 You can specify a filesystem directory or a remote URL such as HTTP
7078 or FTP. The locations you specify need to contain the shared state
7079 cache (sstate-cache) results from previous builds. The sstate-cache
7080 you point to can also be from builds on other machines.
7081
7082 When pointing to sstate build artifacts on another machine that uses
7083 a different GCC version for native builds, you must configure
7084 ``SSTATE_MIRRORS`` with a regular expression that maps local search
7085 paths to server paths. The paths need to take into account
7086 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` set by the
7087 :ref:`uninative <ref-classes-uninative>` class. For example, the
7088 following maps the local search path ``universal-4.9`` to the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007089 server-provided path server_url_sstate_path::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007090
7091 SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "file://universal-4.9/(.*) http://server_url_sstate_path/universal-4.8/\1 \n"
7092
7093 If a mirror uses the same structure as
7094 :term:`SSTATE_DIR`, you need to add "PATH" at the
7095 end as shown in the examples below. The build system substitutes the
7096 correct path within the directory structure.
7097 ::
7098
7099 SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "\
7100 file://.* http://someserver.tld/share/sstate/PATH;downloadfilename=PATH \n \
7101 file://.* file:///some-local-dir/sstate/PATH"
7102
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007103 :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007104 Controls the list of files the OpenEmbedded build system scans for
7105 hardcoded installation paths. The variable uses a space-separated
7106 list of filenames (not paths) with standard wildcard characters
7107 allowed.
7108
7109 During a build, the OpenEmbedded build system creates a shared state
7110 (sstate) object during the first stage of preparing the sysroots.
7111 That object is scanned for hardcoded paths for original installation
7112 locations. The list of files that are scanned for paths is controlled
7113 by the ``SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`` variable. Typically, recipes add files
7114 they want to be scanned to the value of ``SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`` rather
7115 than the variable being comprehensively set. The
7116 :ref:`sstate <ref-classes-sstate>` class specifies the default list
7117 of files.
7118
7119 For details on the process, see the
7120 :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class.
7121
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007122 :term:`STAGING_BASE_LIBDIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007123 Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7124 directory for the build host.
7125
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007126 :term:`STAGING_BASELIBDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007127 Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7128 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7129 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7130
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007131 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007132 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7133 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7134 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7135
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007136 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_CROSS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007137 Specifies the path to the directory containing binary configuration
7138 scripts. These scripts provide configuration information for other
7139 software that wants to make use of libraries or include files
7140 provided by the software associated with the script.
7141
7142 .. note::
7143
7144 This style of build configuration has been largely replaced by
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007145 ``pkg-config``. Consequently, if ``pkg-config`` is supported by the
7146 library to which you are linking, it is recommended you use
7147 ``pkg-config`` instead of a provided configuration script.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007148
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007149 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007150 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7151 directory for the build host.
7152
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007153 :term:`STAGING_DATADIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007154 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7155 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7156 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7157
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007158 :term:`STAGING_DATADIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007159 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7160 directory for the build host.
7161
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007162 :term:`STAGING_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007163 Helps construct the ``recipe-sysroots`` directory, which is used
7164 during packaging.
7165
7166 For information on how staging for recipe-specific sysroots occurs,
7167 see the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot`
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007168 task, the ":ref:`sdk-manual/extensible:sharing files between recipes`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007169 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual, the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007170 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:configuration, compilation, and staging`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007171 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, and the
7172 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` variable.
7173
7174 .. note::
7175
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007176 Recipes should never write files directly under the ``STAGING_DIR``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007177 directory because the OpenEmbedded build system manages the
7178 directory automatically. Instead, files should be installed to
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007179 ``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}`` within your recipe's :ref:`ref-tasks-install`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007180 task and then the OpenEmbedded build system will stage a subset of
7181 those files into the sysroot.
7182
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007183 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007184 Specifies the path to the sysroot directory for the system on which
7185 the component is built to run (the system that hosts the component).
7186 For most recipes, this sysroot is the one in which that recipe's
7187 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task copies
7188 files. Exceptions include ``-native`` recipes, where the
7189 ``do_populate_sysroot`` task instead uses
7190 :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`. Depending on
7191 the type of recipe and the build target, ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` can
7192 have the following values:
7193
7194 - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is
7195 "${:term:`STAGING_DIR`}/${:term:`MACHINE`}".
7196
7197 - For native recipes building for the build host, the value is empty
7198 given the assumption that when building for the build host, the
7199 build host's own directories should be used.
7200
7201 .. note::
7202
7203 ``-native`` recipes are not installed into host paths like such
7204 as ``/usr``. Rather, these recipes are installed into
7205 ``STAGING_DIR_NATIVE``. When compiling ``-native`` recipes,
7206 standard build environment variables such as
7207 :term:`CPPFLAGS` and
7208 :term:`CFLAGS` are set up so that both host paths
7209 and ``STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`` are searched for libraries and
7210 headers using, for example, GCC's ``-isystem`` option.
7211
7212 Thus, the emphasis is that the ``STAGING_DIR*`` variables
7213 should be viewed as input variables by tasks such as
7214 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`,
7215 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`, and
7216 :ref:`ref-tasks-install`. Having the real system
7217 root correspond to ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` makes conceptual sense
7218 for ``-native`` recipes, as they make use of host headers and
7219 libraries.
7220
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007221 :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007222 Specifies the path to the sysroot directory used when building
7223 components that run on the build host itself.
7224
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007225 :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007226 Specifies the path to the sysroot used for the system for which the
7227 component generates code. For components that do not generate code,
7228 which is the majority, ``STAGING_DIR_TARGET`` is set to match
7229 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`.
7230
7231 Some recipes build binaries that can run on the target system but
7232 those binaries in turn generate code for another different system
7233 (e.g. cross-canadian recipes). Using terminology from GNU, the
7234 primary system is referred to as the "HOST" and the secondary, or
7235 different, system is referred to as the "TARGET". Thus, the binaries
7236 run on the "HOST" system and generate binaries for the "TARGET"
7237 system. The ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` variable points to the sysroot used
7238 for the "HOST" system, while ``STAGING_DIR_TARGET`` points to the
7239 sysroot used for the "TARGET" system.
7240
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007241 :term:`STAGING_ETCDIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007242 Specifies the path to the ``/etc`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7243 directory for the build host.
7244
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007245 :term:`STAGING_EXECPREFIXDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007246 Specifies the path to the ``/usr`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7247 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7248 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7249
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007250 :term:`STAGING_INCDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007251 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the
7252 sysroot directory for the target for which the current recipe being
7253 built (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7254
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007255 :term:`STAGING_INCDIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007256 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the
7257 sysroot directory for the build host.
7258
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007259 :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007260 Points to the directory containing the kernel build artifacts.
7261 Recipes building software that needs to access kernel build artifacts
7262 (e.g. ``systemtap-uprobes``) can look in the directory specified with
7263 the ``STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR`` variable to find these artifacts
7264 after the kernel has been built.
7265
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007266 :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007267 The directory with kernel headers that are required to build
7268 out-of-tree modules.
7269
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007270 :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007271 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7272 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7273 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7274
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007275 :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007276 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7277 directory for the build host.
7278
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007279 :term:`STAMP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007280 Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files. The path
7281 to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this string and
7282 then appending additional information. Currently, the default
7283 assignment for ``STAMP`` as set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007284 file is::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007285
7286 STAMP = "${STAMPS_DIR}/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}"
7287
7288 For information on how BitBake uses stamp files to determine if a
7289 task should be rerun, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007290 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:stamp files and the rerunning of tasks`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007291 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
7292
7293 See :term:`STAMPS_DIR`,
7294 :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`,
7295 :term:`PN`, :term:`EXTENDPE`,
7296 :term:`PV`, and :term:`PR` for related variable
7297 information.
7298
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007299 :term:`STAMPS_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007300 Specifies the base directory in which the OpenEmbedded build system
7301 places stamps. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/stamps``.
7302
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007303 :term:`STRIP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007304 The minimal command and arguments to run ``strip``, which is used to
7305 strip symbols.
7306
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007307 :term:`SUMMARY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007308 The short (72 characters or less) summary of the binary package for
7309 packaging systems such as ``opkg``, ``rpm``, or ``dpkg``. By default,
7310 ``SUMMARY`` is used to define the
7311 :term:`DESCRIPTION` variable if ``DESCRIPTION`` is
7312 not set in the recipe.
7313
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007314 :term:`SVNDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007315 The directory in which files checked out of a Subversion system are
7316 stored.
7317
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007318 :term:`SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007319 Specifies the kernel boot default console. If you want to use a
7320 console other than the default, set this variable in your recipe as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007321 follows where "X" is the console number you want to use::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007322
7323 SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE = "console=ttyX"
7324
7325 The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class initially sets
7326 this variable to null but then checks for a value later.
7327
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007328 :term:`SYSLINUX_OPTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007329 Lists additional options to add to the syslinux file. You need to set
7330 this variable in your recipe. If you want to list multiple options,
7331 separate the options with a semicolon character (``;``).
7332
7333 The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class uses this variable
7334 to create a set of options.
7335
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007336 :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007337 Specifies the alternate serial port or turns it off. To turn off
7338 serial, set this variable to an empty string in your recipe. The
7339 variable's default value is set in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007340 :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007341
7342 SYSLINUX_SERIAL ?= "0 115200"
7343
7344 The class checks for and uses the variable as needed.
7345
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007346 :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007347 Specifies the alternate console=tty... kernel boot argument. The
7348 variable's default value is set in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007349 :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007350
7351 SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY ?= "console=ttyS0,115200"
7352
7353 The class checks for and uses the variable as needed.
7354
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007355 :term:`SYSLINUX_SPLASH`
7356 An ``.LSS`` file used as the background for the VGA boot menu when
7357 you use the boot menu. You need to set this variable in your recipe.
7358
7359 The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks for this
7360 variable and if found, the OpenEmbedded build system installs the
7361 splash screen.
7362
7363 :term:`SYSROOT_DESTDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007364 Points to the temporary directory under the work directory (default
7365 "``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/sysroot-destdir``")
7366 where the files populated into the sysroot are assembled during the
7367 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task.
7368
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007369 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007370 Directories that are staged into the sysroot by the
7371 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. By
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007372 default, the following directories are staged::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007373
7374 SYSROOT_DIRS = " \
7375 ${includedir} \
7376 ${libdir} \
7377 ${base_libdir} \
7378 ${nonarch_base_libdir} \
7379 ${datadir} \
7380 "
7381
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007382 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007383 Directories that are not staged into the sysroot by the
7384 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. You
7385 can use this variable to exclude certain subdirectories of
7386 directories listed in :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` from
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007387 staging. By default, the following directories are not staged::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007388
7389 SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST = " \
7390 ${mandir} \
7391 ${docdir} \
7392 ${infodir} \
7393 ${datadir}/locale \
7394 ${datadir}/applications \
7395 ${datadir}/fonts \
7396 ${datadir}/pixmaps \
7397 "
7398
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007399 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007400 Extra directories staged into the sysroot by the
7401 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task for
7402 ``-native`` recipes, in addition to those specified in
7403 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`. By default, the following
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007404 extra directories are staged::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007405
7406 SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE = " \
7407 ${bindir} \
7408 ${sbindir} \
7409 ${base_bindir} \
7410 ${base_sbindir} \
7411 ${libexecdir} \
7412 ${sysconfdir} \
7413 ${localstatedir} \
7414 "
7415
7416 .. note::
7417
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007418 Programs built by ``-native`` recipes run directly from the sysroot
7419 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`), which is why additional directories
7420 containing program executables and supporting files need to be staged.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007421
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007422 :term:`SYSROOT_PREPROCESS_FUNCS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007423 A list of functions to execute after files are staged into the
7424 sysroot. These functions are usually used to apply additional
7425 processing on the staged files, or to stage additional files.
7426
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007427 :term:`SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007428 When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
7429 this variable specifies whether the specified service in
7430 :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` should start
7431 automatically or not. By default, the service is enabled to
7432 automatically start at boot time. The default setting is in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007433 :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007434
7435 SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE ??= "enable"
7436
7437 You can disable the service by setting the variable to "disable".
7438
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007439 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007440 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
7441 "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` variable specifies the
7442 configuration file that should be used. By default, the
7443 :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007444 ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007445
7446 SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG ?= "${:term:`S`}/loader.conf"
7447
7448 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06007449 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007450
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007451 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007452 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
7453 "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`` variable specifies a
7454 list of entry files (``*.conf``) to install that contain one boot
7455 entry per file. By default, the
7456 :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007457 ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`` as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007458
7459 SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES ?= ""
7460
7461 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06007462 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007463
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007464 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007465 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
7466 "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` variable specifies the
7467 boot menu timeout in seconds. By default, the
7468 :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007469 ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007470
7471 SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT ?= "10"
7472
7473 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06007474 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007475
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007476 :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007477 When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
7478 this variable locates the systemd unit files when they are not found
7479 in the main recipe's package. By default, the ``SYSTEMD_PACKAGES``
7480 variable is set such that the systemd unit files are assumed to
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007481 reside in the recipes main package::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007482
7483 SYSTEMD_PACKAGES ?= "${PN}"
7484
7485 If these unit files are not in this recipe's main package, you need
7486 to use ``SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`` to list the package or packages in which
7487 the build system can find the systemd unit files.
7488
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007489 :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007490 When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
7491 this variable specifies the systemd service name for a package.
7492
7493 When you specify this file in your recipe, use a package name
7494 override to indicate the package to which the value applies. Here is
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007495 an example from the connman recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007496
7497 SYSTEMD_SERVICE_${PN} = "connman.service"
7498
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007499 :term:`SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007500 When using
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007501 :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling system services>`,
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007502 specifies a space-separated list of the virtual terminals that should
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06007503 run a `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007504 (allowing login), assuming :term:`USE_VT` is not set to
7505 "0".
7506
7507 The default value for ``SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS`` is "1" (i.e. only
7508 run a getty on the first virtual terminal).
7509
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007510 :term:`T`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007511 This variable points to a directory were BitBake places temporary
7512 files, which consist mostly of task logs and scripts, when building a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007513 particular recipe. The variable is typically set as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007514
7515 T = "${WORKDIR}/temp"
7516
7517 The :term:`WORKDIR` is the directory into which
7518 BitBake unpacks and builds the recipe. The default ``bitbake.conf``
7519 file sets this variable.
7520
7521 The ``T`` variable is not to be confused with the
7522 :term:`TMPDIR` variable, which points to the root of
7523 the directory tree where BitBake places the output of an entire
7524 build.
7525
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007526 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007527 The target machine's architecture. The OpenEmbedded build system
7528 supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures
7529 supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is
7530 configurable:
7531
7532 - arm
7533 - i586
7534 - x86_64
7535 - powerpc
7536 - powerpc64
7537 - mips
7538 - mipsel
7539
7540 For additional information on machine architectures, see the
7541 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` variable.
7542
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007543 :term:`TARGET_AS_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007544 Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target
7545 system. ``TARGET_AS_ARCH`` is initialized from
7546 :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` by default in the BitBake
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007547 configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``)::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007548
7549 TARGET_AS_ARCH = "${TUNE_ASARGS}"
7550
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007551 :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007552 Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target
7553 system. ``TARGET_CC_ARCH`` is initialized from
7554 :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` by default.
7555
7556 .. note::
7557
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007558 It is a common workaround to append :term:`LDFLAGS` to
7559 ``TARGET_CC_ARCH`` in recipes that build software for the target that
7560 would not otherwise respect the exported ``LDFLAGS`` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007561
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007562 :term:`TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007563 This is a specific kernel compiler flag for a CPU or Application
7564 Binary Interface (ABI) tune. The flag is used rarely and only for
7565 cases where a userspace :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` is not
7566 compatible with the kernel compilation. The ``TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH``
7567 variable allows the kernel (and associated modules) to use a
7568 different configuration. See the
7569 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/feature-arm-thumb.inc`` file in the
7570 :term:`Source Directory` for an example.
7571
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007572 :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007573 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
7574 target. When building in the target context,
7575 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
7576 default.
7577
7578 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the ``CFLAGS``
7579 variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` value so that
7580 executables built using the SDK also have the flags applied.
7581
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007582 :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007583 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
7584 C and the C++ compilers) when building for the target. When building
7585 in the target context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set to the
7586 value of this variable by default.
7587
7588 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
7589 ``CPPFLAGS`` variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CPPFLAGS``
7590 value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags
7591 applied.
7592
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007593 :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007594 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
7595 target. When building in the target context,
7596 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
7597 by default.
7598
7599 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
7600 ``CXXFLAGS`` variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CXXFLAGS``
7601 value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags
7602 applied.
7603
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007604 :term:`TARGET_FPU`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007605 Specifies the method for handling FPU code. For FPU-less targets,
7606 which include most ARM CPUs, the variable must be set to "soft". If
7607 not, the kernel emulation gets used, which results in a performance
7608 penalty.
7609
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007610 :term:`TARGET_LD_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007611 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system.
7612 ``TARGET_LD_ARCH`` is initialized from
7613 :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` by default in the BitBake
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007614 configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``)::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007615
7616 TARGET_LD_ARCH = "${TUNE_LDARGS}"
7617
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007618 :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007619 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the
7620 target. When building in the target context,
7621 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
7622 by default.
7623
7624 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
7625 :term:`LDFLAGS` variable in the environment to the
7626 ``TARGET_LDFLAGS`` value so that executables built using the SDK also
7627 have the flags applied.
7628
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007629 :term:`TARGET_OS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007630 Specifies the target's operating system. The variable can be set to
7631 "linux" for glibc-based systems (GNU C Library) and to "linux-musl"
7632 for musl libc. For ARM/EABI targets, "linux-gnueabi" and
7633 "linux-musleabi" possible values exist.
7634
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007635 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007636 Specifies the prefix used for the toolchain binary target tools.
7637
7638 Depending on the type of recipe and the build target,
7639 ``TARGET_PREFIX`` is set as follows:
7640
7641 - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is
7642 "${:term:`TARGET_SYS`}-".
7643
7644 - For native recipes, the build system sets the variable to the
7645 value of ``BUILD_PREFIX``.
7646
7647 - For native SDK recipes (``nativesdk``), the build system sets the
7648 variable to the value of ``SDK_PREFIX``.
7649
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007650 :term:`TARGET_SYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007651 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
7652 system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the
7653 current recipe.
7654
7655 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
7656 on :term:`TARGET_ARCH`,
7657 :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`, and
7658 :term:`TARGET_OS` variables.
7659
7660 .. note::
7661
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007662 You do not need to set the ``TARGET_SYS`` variable yourself.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007663
7664 Consider these two examples:
7665
7666 - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit, x86 machine running Linux, the
7667 value is "i686-linux".
7668
7669 - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian, MIPS target
7670 running Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux".
7671
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007672 :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007673 Specifies the name of the target vendor.
7674
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007675 :term:`TCLIBC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007676 Specifies the GNU standard C library (``libc``) variant to use during
7677 the build process. This variable replaces ``POKYLIBC``, which is no
7678 longer supported.
7679
7680 You can select "glibc", "musl", "newlib", or "baremetal"
7681
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007682 :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007683 Specifies a suffix to be appended onto the
7684 :term:`TMPDIR` value. The suffix identifies the
7685 ``libc`` variant for building. When you are building for multiple
7686 variants with the same :term:`Build Directory`, this
7687 mechanism ensures that output for different ``libc`` variants is kept
7688 separate to avoid potential conflicts.
7689
7690 In the ``defaultsetup.conf`` file, the default value of
7691 ``TCLIBCAPPEND`` is "-${TCLIBC}". However, distros such as poky,
7692 which normally only support one ``libc`` variant, set
7693 ``TCLIBCAPPEND`` to "" in their distro configuration file resulting
7694 in no suffix being applied.
7695
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007696 :term:`TCMODE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007697 Specifies the toolchain selector. ``TCMODE`` controls the
7698 characteristics of the generated packages and images by telling the
7699 OpenEmbedded build system which toolchain profile to use. By default,
7700 the OpenEmbedded build system builds its own internal toolchain. The
7701 variable's default value is "default", which uses that internal
7702 toolchain.
7703
7704 .. note::
7705
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007706 If ``TCMODE`` is set to a value other than "default", then it is your
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007707 responsibility to ensure that the toolchain is compatible with the
7708 default toolchain. Using older or newer versions of these
7709 components might cause build problems. See the Release Notes for
7710 the Yocto Project release for the specific components with which
7711 the toolchain must be compatible. To access the Release Notes, go
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007712 to the :yocto_home:`Downloads </software-overview/downloads>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007713 page on the Yocto Project website and click on the "RELEASE
7714 INFORMATION" link for the appropriate release.
7715
7716 The ``TCMODE`` variable is similar to :term:`TCLIBC`,
7717 which controls the variant of the GNU standard C library (``libc``)
7718 used during the build process: ``glibc`` or ``musl``.
7719
7720 With additional layers, it is possible to use a pre-compiled external
7721 toolchain. One example is the Sourcery G++ Toolchain. The support for
7722 this toolchain resides in the separate Mentor Graphics
7723 ``meta-sourcery`` layer at
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06007724 https://github.com/MentorEmbedded/meta-sourcery/.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007725
7726 The layer's ``README`` file contains information on how to use the
7727 Sourcery G++ Toolchain as an external toolchain. In summary, you must
7728 be sure to add the layer to your ``bblayers.conf`` file in front of
7729 the ``meta`` layer and then set the ``EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN`` variable
7730 in your ``local.conf`` file to the location in which you installed
7731 the toolchain.
7732
7733 The fundamentals used for this example apply to any external
7734 toolchain. You can use ``meta-sourcery`` as a template for adding
7735 support for other external toolchains.
7736
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007737 :term:`TEST_EXPORT_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007738 The location the OpenEmbedded build system uses to export tests when
7739 the :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY` variable is set
7740 to "1".
7741
7742 The ``TEST_EXPORT_DIR`` variable defaults to
7743 ``"${TMPDIR}/testimage/${PN}"``.
7744
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007745 :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007746 Specifies to export the tests only. Set this variable to "1" if you
7747 do not want to run the tests but you want them to be exported in a
7748 manner that you to run them outside of the build system.
7749
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007750 :term:`TEST_LOG_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007751 Holds the SSH log and the boot log for QEMU machines. The
7752 ``TEST_LOG_DIR`` variable defaults to ``"${WORKDIR}/testimage"``.
7753
7754 .. note::
7755
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007756 Actual test results reside in the task log (``log.do_testimage``),
7757 which is in the ``${WORKDIR}/temp/`` directory.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007758
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007759 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007760 For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to
7761 control the power of the target machine under test. Typically, this
7762 command would point to a script that performs the appropriate action
7763 (e.g. interacting with a web-enabled power strip). The specified
7764 command should expect to receive as the last argument "off", "on" or
7765 "cycle" specifying to power off, on, or cycle (power off and then
7766 power on) the device, respectively.
7767
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007768 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007769 For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to
7770 pass through to the command specified in
7771 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`. Setting
7772 ``TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`` is optional. You can use it if you
7773 wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and
7774 non-machine-specific parts of the arguments.
7775
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007776 :term:`TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007777 The time in seconds allowed for an image to boot before automated
7778 runtime tests begin to run against an image. The default timeout
7779 period to allow the boot process to reach the login prompt is 500
7780 seconds. You can specify a different value in the ``local.conf``
7781 file.
7782
7783 For more information on testing images, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007784 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007785 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
7786
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007787 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007788 For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to
7789 connect to the serial console of the target machine under test. This
7790 command simply needs to connect to the serial console and forward
7791 that connection to standard input and output as any normal terminal
7792 program does.
7793
7794 For example, to use the Picocom terminal program on serial device
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007795 ``/dev/ttyUSB0`` at 115200bps, you would set the variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007796
7797 TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD = "picocom /dev/ttyUSB0 -b 115200"
7798
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007799 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007800 For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to
7801 pass through to the command specified in
7802 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD`. Setting
7803 ``TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`` is optional. You can use it if you
7804 wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and
7805 non-machine-specific parts of the command.
7806
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007807 :term:`TEST_SERVER_IP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007808 The IP address of the build machine (host machine). This IP address
7809 is usually automatically detected. However, if detection fails, this
7810 variable needs to be set to the IP address of the build machine (i.e.
7811 where the build is taking place).
7812
7813 .. note::
7814
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007815 The ``TEST_SERVER_IP`` variable is only used for a small number of
7816 tests such as the "dnf" test suite, which needs to download packages
7817 from ``WORKDIR/oe-rootfs-repo``.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007818
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007819 :term:`TEST_SUITES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007820 An ordered list of tests (modules) to run against an image when
7821 performing automated runtime testing.
7822
7823 The OpenEmbedded build system provides a core set of tests that can
7824 be used against images.
7825
7826 .. note::
7827
7828 Currently, there is only support for running these tests under
7829 QEMU.
7830
7831 Tests include ``ping``, ``ssh``, ``df`` among others. You can add
7832 your own tests to the list of tests by appending ``TEST_SUITES`` as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007833 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007834
7835 TEST_SUITES_append = " mytest"
7836
7837 Alternatively, you can
7838 provide the "auto" option to have all applicable tests run against
7839 the image.
7840 ::
7841
7842 TEST_SUITES_append = " auto"
7843
7844 Using this option causes the
7845 build system to automatically run tests that are applicable to the
7846 image. Tests that are not applicable are skipped.
7847
7848 The order in which tests are run is important. Tests that depend on
7849 another test must appear later in the list than the test on which
7850 they depend. For example, if you append the list of tests with two
7851 tests (``test_A`` and ``test_B``) where ``test_B`` is dependent on
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007852 ``test_A``, then you must order the tests as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007853
7854 TEST_SUITES = "test_A test_B"
7855
7856 For more information on testing images, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007857 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007858 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
7859
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007860 :term:`TEST_TARGET`
7861 Specifies the target controller to use when running tests against a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007862 test image. The default controller to use is "qemu"::
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007863
7864 TEST_TARGET = "qemu"
7865
7866 A target controller is a class that defines how an image gets
7867 deployed on a target and how a target is started. A layer can extend
7868 the controllers by adding a module in the layer's
7869 ``/lib/oeqa/controllers`` directory and by inheriting the
7870 ``BaseTarget`` class, which is an abstract class that cannot be used
7871 as a value of ``TEST_TARGET``.
7872
7873 You can provide the following arguments with ``TEST_TARGET``:
7874
7875 - *"qemu":* Boots a QEMU image and runs the tests. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007876 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling runtime tests on qemu`" section
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007877 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
7878 information.
7879
7880 - *"simpleremote":* Runs the tests on target hardware that is
7881 already up and running. The hardware can be on the network or it
7882 can be a device running an image on QEMU. You must also set
7883 :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` when you use
7884 "simpleremote".
7885
7886 .. note::
7887
7888 This argument is defined in
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007889 ``meta/lib/oeqa/controllers/simpleremote.py``.
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007890
7891 For information on running tests on hardware, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007892 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling runtime tests on hardware`"
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007893 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
7894
7895 :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP`
7896 The IP address of your hardware under test. The ``TEST_TARGET_IP``
7897 variable has no effect when :term:`TEST_TARGET` is
7898 set to "qemu".
7899
7900 When you specify the IP address, you can also include a port. Here is
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007901 an example::
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007902
7903 TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.1.4:2201"
7904
7905 Specifying a port is
7906 useful when SSH is started on a non-standard port or in cases when
7907 your hardware under test is behind a firewall or network that is not
7908 directly accessible from your host and you need to do port address
7909 translation.
7910
7911 :term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007912 Automatically runs the series of automated tests for images when an
7913 image is successfully built. Setting ``TESTIMAGE_AUTO`` to "1" causes
7914 any image that successfully builds to automatically boot under QEMU.
7915 Using the variable also adds in dependencies so that any SDK for
7916 which testing is requested is automatically built first.
7917
7918 These tests are written in Python making use of the ``unittest``
7919 module, and the majority of them run commands on the target system
7920 over ``ssh``. You can set this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf``
7921 file in the :term:`Build Directory` to have the
7922 OpenEmbedded build system automatically run these tests after an
7923 image successfully builds:
7924
7925 TESTIMAGE_AUTO = "1"
7926
7927 For more information
7928 on enabling, running, and writing these tests, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007929 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007930 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual and the
7931 ":ref:`testimage*.bbclass <ref-classes-testimage*>`" section.
7932
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007933 :term:`THISDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007934 The directory in which the file BitBake is currently parsing is
7935 located. Do not manually set this variable.
7936
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007937 :term:`TIME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007938 The time the build was started. Times appear using the hour, minute,
7939 and second (HMS) format (e.g. "140159" for one minute and fifty-nine
7940 seconds past 1400 hours).
7941
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007942 :term:`TMPDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007943 This variable is the base directory the OpenEmbedded build system
7944 uses for all build output and intermediate files (other than the
7945 shared state cache). By default, the ``TMPDIR`` variable points to
7946 ``tmp`` within the :term:`Build Directory`.
7947
7948 If you want to establish this directory in a location other than the
7949 default, you can uncomment and edit the following statement in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007950 ``conf/local.conf`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007951
7952 #TMPDIR = "${TOPDIR}/tmp"
7953
7954 An example use for this scenario is to set ``TMPDIR`` to a local disk,
7955 which does not use NFS, while having the Build Directory use NFS.
7956
7957 The filesystem used by ``TMPDIR`` must have standard filesystem
7958 semantics (i.e. mixed-case files are unique, POSIX file locking, and
7959 persistent inodes). Due to various issues with NFS and bugs in some
7960 implementations, NFS does not meet this minimum requirement.
7961 Consequently, ``TMPDIR`` cannot be on NFS.
7962
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007963 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007964 This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
7965 building an SDK, which contains a cross-development environment. The
7966 packages specified by this variable are part of the toolchain set
7967 that runs on the :term:`SDKMACHINE`, and each
7968 package should usually have the prefix ``nativesdk-``. For example,
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007969 consider the following command when building an SDK::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007970
7971 $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename
7972
7973 In this case, a default list of packages is
7974 set in this variable, but you can add additional packages to the
7975 list. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007976 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007977 in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
7978 Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information.
7979
7980 For background information on cross-development toolchains in the
7981 Yocto Project development environment, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007982 ":ref:`sdk-manual/intro:the cross-development toolchain`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007983 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For
7984 information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007985 :doc:`/sdk-manual/index` manual.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007986
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007987 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007988 This variable defines the name used for the toolchain output. The
7989 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007990 the ``TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME`` variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007991
7992 TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME ?= "${SDK_NAME}-toolchain-${SDK_VERSION}"
7993
7994 See
7995 the :term:`SDK_NAME` and
7996 :term:`SDK_VERSION` variables for additional
7997 information.
7998
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007999 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008000 This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
8001 it creates the target part of an SDK (i.e. the part built for the
8002 target hardware), which includes libraries and headers. Use this
8003 variable to add individual packages to the part of the SDK that runs
8004 on the target. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008005 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008006 in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
8007 Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information.
8008
8009 For background information on cross-development toolchains in the
8010 Yocto Project development environment, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008011 ":ref:`sdk-manual/intro:the cross-development toolchain`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008012 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For
8013 information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008014 :doc:`/sdk-manual/index` manual.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008015
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008016 :term:`TOPDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008017 The top-level :term:`Build Directory`. BitBake
8018 automatically sets this variable when you initialize your build
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008019 environment using :ref:`structure-core-script`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008020
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008021 :term:`TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008022 A sanitized version of :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. This
8023 variable is used where the architecture is needed in a value where
8024 underscores are not allowed, for example within package filenames. In
8025 this case, dash characters replace any underscore characters used in
8026 ``TARGET_ARCH``.
8027
8028 Do not edit this variable.
8029
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008030 :term:`TUNE_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008031 The GNU canonical architecture for a specific architecture (i.e.
8032 ``arm``, ``armeb``, ``mips``, ``mips64``, and so forth). BitBake uses
8033 this value to setup configuration.
8034
8035 ``TUNE_ARCH`` definitions are specific to a given architecture. The
8036 definitions can be a single static definition, or can be dynamically
8037 adjusted. You can see details for a given CPU family by looking at
8038 the architecture's ``README`` file. For example, the
8039 ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/README`` file in the
8040 :term:`Source Directory` provides information for
8041 ``TUNE_ARCH`` specific to the ``mips`` architecture.
8042
8043 ``TUNE_ARCH`` is tied closely to
8044 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, which defines the target
8045 machine's architecture. The BitBake configuration file
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008046 (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) sets ``TARGET_ARCH`` as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008047
8048 TARGET_ARCH = "${TUNE_ARCH}"
8049
8050 The following list, which is by no means complete since architectures
8051 are configurable, shows supported machine architectures:
8052
8053 - arm
8054 - i586
8055 - x86_64
8056 - powerpc
8057 - powerpc64
8058 - mips
8059 - mipsel
8060
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008061 :term:`TUNE_ASARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008062 Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target
8063 system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
8064 ``TUNE_ASARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are
8065 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
8066 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the
8067 ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008068 for the x86 architecture as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008069
8070 TUNE_ASARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-x32", "", d)}"
8071
8072 .. note::
8073
8074 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
8075 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
8076 supply its own set of flags).
8077
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008078 :term:`TUNE_CCARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008079 Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target
8080 system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
8081 ``TUNE_CCARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are
8082 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
8083 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`.
8084
8085 .. note::
8086
8087 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
8088 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
8089 supply its own set of flags).
8090
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008091 :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`
8092 Features used to "tune" a compiler for optimal use given a specific
8093 processor. The features are defined within the tune files and allow
8094 arguments (i.e. ``TUNE_*ARGS``) to be dynamically generated based on
8095 the features.
8096
8097 The OpenEmbedded build system verifies the features to be sure they
8098 are not conflicting and that they are supported.
8099
8100 The BitBake configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) defines
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008101 ``TUNE_FEATURES`` as follows::
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008102
8103 TUNE_FEATURES ??= "${TUNE_FEATURES_tune-${DEFAULTTUNE}}"
8104
8105 See the :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` variable for more information.
8106
8107 :term:`TUNE_LDARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008108 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system.
8109 The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
8110 ``TUNE_LDARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are
8111 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
8112 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the
8113 ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008114 for the x86 architecture as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008115
8116 TUNE_LDARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-m elf32_x86_64", "", d)}"
8117
8118 .. note::
8119
8120 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
8121 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
8122 supply its own set of flags).
8123
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008124 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008125 The package architecture understood by the packaging system to define
8126 the architecture, ABI, and tuning of output packages. The specific
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008127 tune is defined using the "_tune" override as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008128
8129 TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-tune = "tune"
8130
8131 These tune-specific package architectures are defined in the machine
8132 include files. Here is an example of the "core2-32" tuning as used in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008133 the ``meta/conf/machine/include/tune-core2.inc`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008134
8135 TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-core2-32 = "core2-32"
8136
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008137 :term:`TUNEABI`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008138 An underlying Application Binary Interface (ABI) used by a particular
8139 tuning in a given toolchain layer. Providers that use prebuilt
8140 libraries can use the ``TUNEABI``,
8141 :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`, and
8142 :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` variables to check
8143 compatibility of tunings against their selection of libraries.
8144
8145 If ``TUNEABI`` is undefined, then every tuning is allowed. See the
8146 :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the variable is
8147 used.
8148
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008149 :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008150 If set, the OpenEmbedded system ignores the
8151 :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` variable.
8152 Providers that use prebuilt libraries can use the
8153 ``TUNEABI_OVERRIDE``, ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST``, and
8154 :term:`TUNEABI` variables to check compatibility of a
8155 tuning against their selection of libraries.
8156
8157 See the :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the
8158 variable is used.
8159
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008160 :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008161 A whitelist of permissible :term:`TUNEABI` values. If
8162 ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST`` is not set, all tunes are allowed. Providers
8163 that use prebuilt libraries can use the ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST``,
8164 :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`, and ``TUNEABI``
8165 variables to check compatibility of a tuning against their selection
8166 of libraries.
8167
8168 See the :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the
8169 variable is used.
8170
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008171 :term:`TUNECONFLICTS[feature]`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008172 Specifies CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning features
8173 that conflict with feature.
8174
8175 Known tuning conflicts are specified in the machine include files in
8176 the :term:`Source Directory`. Here is an example from
8177 the ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/arch-mips.inc`` include file
8178 that lists the "o32" and "n64" features as conflicting with the "n32"
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008179 feature::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008180
8181 TUNECONFLICTS[n32] = "o32 n64"
8182
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008183 :term:`TUNEVALID[feature]`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008184 Specifies a valid CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning
8185 feature. The specified feature is stored as a flag. Valid features
8186 are specified in the machine include files (e.g.
8187 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc``). Here is an example
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008188 from that file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008189
8190 TUNEVALID[bigendian] = "Enable big-endian mode."
8191
8192 See the machine include files in the :term:`Source Directory`
8193 for these features.
8194
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008195 :term:`UBOOT_CONFIG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008196 Configures the :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE` and can
8197 also define :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` for individual
8198 cases.
8199
8200 Following is an example from the ``meta-fsl-arm`` layer. ::
8201
8202 UBOOT_CONFIG ??= "sd"
8203 UBOOT_CONFIG[sd] = "mx6qsabreauto_config,sdcard"
8204 UBOOT_CONFIG[eimnor] = "mx6qsabreauto_eimnor_config"
8205 UBOOT_CONFIG[nand] = "mx6qsabreauto_nand_config,ubifs"
8206 UBOOT_CONFIG[spinor] = "mx6qsabreauto_spinor_config"
8207
8208 In this example, "sd" is selected as the configuration of the possible four for the
8209 ``UBOOT_MACHINE``. The "sd" configuration defines
8210 "mx6qsabreauto_config" as the value for ``UBOOT_MACHINE``, while the
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008211 "sdcard" specifies the ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` to use for the U-Boot image.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008212
8213 For more information on how the ``UBOOT_CONFIG`` is handled, see the
8214 :ref:`uboot-config <ref-classes-uboot-config>`
8215 class.
8216
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008217 :term:`UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS`
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008218 Specifies the load address for the dtb image used by U-Boot. During FIT
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008219 image creation, the ``UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used in
8220 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify
8221 the load address to be used in
8222 creating the dtb sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image.
8223
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008224 :term:`UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS`
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008225 Specifies the load address for the dtbo image used by U-Boot. During FIT
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008226 image creation, the ``UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used in
8227 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the load address to be used in
8228 creating the dtbo sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image.
8229
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008230 :term:`UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008231 Specifies the entry point for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image
8232 creation, the ``UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT`` variable is passed as a
8233 command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility.
8234
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008235 :term:`UBOOT_LOADADDRESS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008236 Specifies the load address for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image
8237 creation, the ``UBOOT_LOADADDRESS`` variable is passed as a
8238 command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility.
8239
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008240 :term:`UBOOT_LOCALVERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008241 Appends a string to the name of the local version of the U-Boot
8242 image. For example, assuming the version of the U-Boot image built
8243 was "2013.10", the full version string reported by U-Boot would be
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008244 "2013.10-yocto" given the following statement::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008245
8246 UBOOT_LOCALVERSION = "-yocto"
8247
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008248 :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008249 Specifies the value passed on the ``make`` command line when building
8250 a U-Boot image. The value indicates the target platform
8251 configuration. You typically set this variable from the machine
8252 configuration file (i.e. ``conf/machine/machine_name.conf``).
8253
8254 Please see the "Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type"
8255 section in the U-Boot README for valid values for this variable.
8256
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008257 :term:`UBOOT_MAKE_TARGET`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008258 Specifies the target called in the ``Makefile``. The default target
8259 is "all".
8260
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008261 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE`
8262 Specifies the name of the mkimage command as used by the
8263 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to assemble
8264 the FIT image. This can be used to substitute an alternative command, wrapper
8265 script or function if desired. The default is "uboot-mkimage".
8266
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008267 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008268 Options for the device tree compiler passed to mkimage '-D'
8269 feature while creating FIT image in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class.
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008270 If ``UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS`` is not set then kernel-fitimage will not
8271 pass the ``-D`` option to mkimage.
8272
8273 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_SIGN`
8274 Specifies the name of the mkimage command as used by the
8275 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to sign
8276 the FIT image after it has been assembled (if enabled). This can be used
8277 to substitute an alternative command, wrapper script or function if
8278 desired. The default is "${:term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE`}".
8279
8280 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_SIGN_ARGS`
8281 Optionally specifies additional arguments for the
8282 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to pass to the
8283 mkimage command when signing the FIT image.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008284
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008285 :term:`UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT`
Andrew Geissler4873add2020-11-02 18:44:49 -06008286 Specifies the entrypoint for the RAM disk image.
8287 During FIT image creation, the
8288 ``UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT`` variable is used
8289 in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the
8290 entrypoint to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for
8291 the FIT image.
8292
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008293 :term:`UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS`
8294 Specifies the load address for the RAM disk image.
8295 During FIT image creation, the
8296 ``UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used
8297 in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the
8298 load address to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for
8299 the FIT image.
8300
8301 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_ENABLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008302 Enable signing of FIT image. The default value is "0".
8303
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008304 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008305 Location of the directory containing the RSA key and
8306 certificate used for signing FIT image.
8307
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008308 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME`
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008309 The name of keys used for signing U-Boot FIT image stored in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008310 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory. For e.g. dev.key key and dev.crt
8311 certificate stored in :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory will have
8312 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME` set to "dev".
8313
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008314 :term:`UBOOT_SUFFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008315 Points to the generated U-Boot extension. For example, ``u-boot.sb``
8316 has a ``.sb`` extension.
8317
8318 The default U-Boot extension is ``.bin``
8319
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008320 :term:`UBOOT_TARGET`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008321 Specifies the target used for building U-Boot. The target is passed
8322 directly as part of the "make" command (e.g. SPL and AIS). If you do
8323 not specifically set this variable, the OpenEmbedded build process
8324 passes and uses "all" for the target during the U-Boot building
8325 process.
8326
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008327 :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008328 Specifies a list of options that, if reported by the configure script
8329 as being invalid, should not generate a warning during the
8330 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task. Normally, invalid
8331 configure options are simply not passed to the configure script (e.g.
8332 should be removed from :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or
8333 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`).
8334 However, common options, for example, exist that are passed to all
8335 configure scripts at a class level that might not be valid for some
8336 configure scripts. It follows that no benefit exists in seeing a
8337 warning about these options. For these cases, the options are added
8338 to ``UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST``.
8339
8340 The configure arguments check that uses
8341 ``UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST`` is part of the
8342 :ref:`insane <ref-classes-insane>` class and is only enabled if the
8343 recipe inherits the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class.
8344
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008345 :term:`UPDATERCPN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008346 For recipes inheriting the
8347 :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class, ``UPDATERCPN``
8348 specifies the package that contains the initscript that is enabled.
8349
8350 The default value is "${PN}". Given that almost all recipes that
8351 install initscripts package them in the main package for the recipe,
8352 you rarely need to set this variable in individual recipes.
8353
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008354 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008355 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream
8356 source code version is by calling ``bitbake -c checkpkg`` recipe. If
8357 the recipe source code is provided from Git repositories, the
8358 OpenEmbedded build system determines the latest upstream version by
8359 picking the latest tag from the list of all repository tags.
8360
8361 You can use the ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX`` variable to provide a
8362 regular expression to filter only the relevant tags should the
8363 default filter not work correctly.
8364 ::
8365
8366 UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX = "git_tag_regex"
8367
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008368 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008369 Use the ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX`` variable to specify a different
8370 regular expression instead of the default one when the package
8371 checking system is parsing the page found using
8372 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`.
8373 ::
8374
8375 UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX = "package_regex"
8376
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008377 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008378 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream
8379 source code version is by calling ``bitbake -c checkpkg`` recipe. If
8380 the source code is provided from tarballs, the latest version is
8381 determined by fetching the directory listing where the tarball is and
8382 attempting to find a later tarball. When this approach does not work,
8383 you can use ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`` to provide a different URI that
8384 contains the link to the latest tarball.
8385 ::
8386
8387 UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI = "recipe_url"
8388
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008389 :term:`USE_DEVFS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008390 Determines if ``devtmpfs`` is used for ``/dev`` population. The
8391 default value used for ``USE_DEVFS`` is "1" when no value is
8392 specifically set. Typically, you would set ``USE_DEVFS`` to "0" for a
8393 statically populated ``/dev`` directory.
8394
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008395 See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:selecting a device manager`" section in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008396 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information on how to
8397 use this variable.
8398
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008399 :term:`USE_VT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008400 When using
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008401 :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling system services>`,
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008402 determines whether or not to run a
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008403 `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__ on any
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008404 virtual terminals in order to enable logging in through those
8405 terminals.
8406
8407 The default value used for ``USE_VT`` is "1" when no default value is
8408 specifically set. Typically, you would set ``USE_VT`` to "0" in the
8409 machine configuration file for machines that do not have a graphical
8410 display attached and therefore do not need virtual terminal
8411 functionality.
8412
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008413 :term:`USER_CLASSES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008414 A list of classes to globally inherit. These classes are used by the
8415 OpenEmbedded build system to enable extra features (e.g.
8416 ``buildstats``, ``image-mklibs``, and so forth).
8417
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008418 The default list is set in your ``local.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008419
8420 USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink"
8421
8422 For more information, see
8423 ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
8424
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008425 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008426 If set to ``error``, forces the OpenEmbedded build system to produce
8427 an error if the user identification (``uid``) and group
8428 identification (``gid``) values are not defined in any of the files
8429 listed in :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and
8430 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES`. If set to
8431 ``warn``, a warning will be issued instead.
8432
8433 The default behavior for the build system is to dynamically apply
8434 ``uid`` and ``gid`` values. Consequently, the
8435 ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable is by default not set. If you plan
8436 on using statically assigned ``gid`` and ``uid`` values, you should
8437 set the ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable in your ``local.conf``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008438 file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008439
8440 USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC = "error"
8441
8442 Overriding the
8443 default behavior implies you are going to also take steps to set
8444 static ``uid`` and ``gid`` values through use of the
8445 :term:`USERADDEXTENSION`,
8446 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES`, and
8447 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables.
8448
8449 .. note::
8450
8451 There is a difference in behavior between setting
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008452 ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` to ``error`` and setting it to ``warn``.
8453 When it is set to ``warn``, the build system will report a warning for
8454 every undefined ``uid`` and ``gid`` in any recipe. But when it is set
8455 to ``error``, it will only report errors for recipes that are actually
8456 built.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008457 This saves you from having to add static IDs for recipes that you
8458 know will never be built.
8459
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008460 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008461 Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static group
8462 identification (``gid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system
8463 adds a group to the system during package installation.
8464
8465 When applying static group identification (``gid``) values, the
8466 OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a
8467 ``files/group`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008468 variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008469
8470
8471 USERADD_GID_TABLES = "files/group"
8472
8473 .. note::
8474
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008475 Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids"
8476 causes the build system to use static ``gid`` values.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008477
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008478 :term:`USERADD_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008479 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
8480 this variable specifies the individual packages within the recipe
8481 that require users and/or groups to be added.
8482
8483 You must set this variable if the recipe inherits the class. For
8484 example, the following enables adding a user for the main package in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008485 a recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008486
8487 USERADD_PACKAGES = "${PN}"
8488
8489 .. note::
8490
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008491 It follows that if you are going to use the ``USERADD_PACKAGES``
8492 variable, you need to set one or more of the :term:`USERADD_PARAM`,
8493 :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM`, or :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM` variables.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008494
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008495 :term:`USERADD_PARAM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008496 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
8497 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should pass to
8498 the ``useradd`` command if you add a user to the system when the
8499 package is installed.
8500
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008501 Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008502
8503 USERADD_PARAM_${PN} = "--system --home ${localstatedir}/lib/dbus \
8504 --no-create-home --shell /bin/false \
8505 --user-group messagebus"
8506
8507 For information on the
8508 standard Linux shell command ``useradd``, see
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008509 https://linux.die.net/man/8/useradd.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008510
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008511 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008512 Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static user
8513 identification (``uid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system
8514 adds a user to the system during package installation.
8515
8516 When applying static user identification (``uid``) values, the
8517 OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a
8518 ``files/passwd`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008519 variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008520
8521 USERADD_UID_TABLES = "files/passwd"
8522
8523 .. note::
8524
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008525 Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids"
8526 causes the build system to use static ``uid`` values.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008527
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008528 :term:`USERADDEXTENSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008529 When set to "useradd-staticids", causes the OpenEmbedded build system
8530 to base all user and group additions on a static ``passwd`` and
8531 ``group`` files found in :term:`BBPATH`.
8532
8533 To use static user identification (``uid``) and group identification
8534 (``gid``) values, set the variable as follows in your ``local.conf``
8535 file: USERADDEXTENSION = "useradd-staticids"
8536
8537 .. note::
8538
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008539 Setting this variable to use static ``uid`` and ``gid``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008540 values causes the OpenEmbedded build system to employ the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008541 :ref:`ref-classes-useradd` class.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008542
8543 If you use static ``uid`` and ``gid`` information, you must also
8544 specify the ``files/passwd`` and ``files/group`` files by setting the
8545 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and
8546 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables.
8547 Additionally, you should also set the
8548 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable.
8549
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008550 :term:`VOLATILE_LOG_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008551 Specifies the persistence of the target's ``/var/log`` directory,
8552 which is used to house postinstall target log files.
8553
8554 By default, ``VOLATILE_LOG_DIR`` is set to "yes", which means the
8555 file is not persistent. You can override this setting by setting the
8556 variable to "no" to make the log directory persistent.
8557
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008558 :term:`WARN_QA`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008559 Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as
8560 warnings by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in
8561 your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you
8562 can control with this variable, see the
8563 ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section.
8564
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008565 :term:`WKS_FILE`
8566 Specifies the location of the Wic kickstart file that is used by the
8567 OpenEmbedded build system to create a partitioned image
8568 (image\ ``.wic``). For information on how to create a partitioned
8569 image, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008570 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`"
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008571 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For details on
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008572 the kickstart file format, see the ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" Chapter.
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008573
8574 :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008575 When placed in the recipe that builds your image, this variable lists
8576 build-time dependencies. The ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable is only
8577 applicable when Wic images are active (i.e. when
8578 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains entries related
8579 to Wic). If your recipe does not create Wic images, the variable has
8580 no effect.
8581
8582 The ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable is similar to the
8583 :term:`DEPENDS` variable. When you use the variable in
8584 your recipe that builds the Wic image, dependencies you list in the
Andrew Geissler95ac1b82021-03-31 14:34:31 -05008585 ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable are added to the ``DEPENDS`` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008586
8587 With the ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable, you have the possibility to
8588 specify a list of additional dependencies (e.g. native tools,
8589 bootloaders, and so forth), that are required to build Wic images.
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008590 Following is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008591
8592 WKS_FILE_DEPENDS = "some-native-tool"
8593
8594 In the
8595 previous example, some-native-tool would be replaced with an actual
8596 native tool on which the build would depend.
8597
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008598 :term:`WORKDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008599 The pathname of the work directory in which the OpenEmbedded build
8600 system builds a recipe. This directory is located within the
8601 :term:`TMPDIR` directory structure and is specific to
8602 the recipe being built and the system for which it is being built.
8603
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008604 The ``WORKDIR`` directory is defined as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008605
8606 ${TMPDIR}/work/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}
8607
8608 The actual directory depends on several things:
8609
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008610 - :term:`TMPDIR`: The top-level build output directory
8611 - :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`: The target system identifier
8612 - :term:`PN`: The recipe name
8613 - :term:`EXTENDPE`: The epoch - (if :term:`PE` is not specified, which
8614 is usually the case for most recipes, then `EXTENDPE` is blank)
8615 - :term:`PV`: The recipe version
8616 - :term:`PR`: The recipe revision
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008617
8618 As an example, assume a Source Directory top-level folder name
8619 ``poky``, a default Build Directory at ``poky/build``, and a
8620 ``qemux86-poky-linux`` machine target system. Furthermore, suppose
8621 your recipe is named ``foo_1.3.0-r0.bb``. In this case, the work
8622 directory the build system uses to build the package would be as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008623 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008624
8625 poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0
8626
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008627 :term:`XSERVER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008628 Specifies the packages that should be installed to provide an X
8629 server and drivers for the current machine, assuming your image
8630 directly includes ``packagegroup-core-x11-xserver`` or, perhaps
8631 indirectly, includes "x11-base" in
8632 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`.
8633
8634 The default value of ``XSERVER``, if not specified in the machine
8635 configuration, is "xserver-xorg xf86-video-fbdev xf86-input-evdev".
8636